| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// | 
|  | 2 | // | 
|  | 3 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
|  | 4 | // | 
| Chris Lattner | 959e5be | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
|  | 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // | 
|  | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 9 | // | 
|  | 10 | //  This file implements the ASTContext interface. | 
|  | 11 | // | 
|  | 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 13 |  | 
|  | 14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | ea29d1e | 2008-08-07 20:55:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 3fafa10 | 2007-10-01 19:00:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | 
| Daniel Dunbar | de30073 | 2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | 
|  | 19 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/Bitcode/Serialize.h" | 
|  | 23 | #include "llvm/Bitcode/Deserialize.h" | 
| Nate Begeman | 7903d05 | 2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | using namespace clang; | 
|  | 27 |  | 
|  | 28 | enum FloatingRank { | 
|  | 29 | FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank | 
|  | 30 | }; | 
|  | 31 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, | 
|  | 33 | TargetInfo &t, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | de30073 | 2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, | 
| Steve Naroff | 207b9ec | 2009-01-27 23:20:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) : | 
| Anders Carlsson | f58cac7 | 2008-08-30 19:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), | 
| Steve Naroff | 207b9ec | 2009-01-27 23:20:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 24afd4a | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | Idents(idents), Selectors(sels) | 
| Daniel Dunbar | de30073 | 2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | { | 
|  | 40 | if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); | 
|  | 41 | InitBuiltinTypes(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 23d2326 | 2009-02-14 20:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | BuiltinInfo.InitializeBuiltins(idents, Target, LangOpts.Freestanding); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | de30073 | 2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 | TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); | 
|  | 44 | } | 
|  | 45 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | ASTContext::~ASTContext() { | 
|  | 47 | // Deallocate all the types. | 
|  | 48 | while (!Types.empty()) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | db4d597 | 2008-05-21 16:38:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | Types.back()->Destroy(*this); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | Types.pop_back(); | 
|  | 51 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | 65489b7 | 2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 |  | 
| Nuno Lopes | 355a868 | 2008-12-17 22:30:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | { | 
|  | 54 | llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator | 
|  | 55 | I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); | 
|  | 56 | while (I != E) { | 
|  | 57 | ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second); | 
|  | 58 | delete R; | 
|  | 59 | } | 
|  | 60 | } | 
|  | 61 |  | 
|  | 62 | { | 
|  | 63 | llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator | 
|  | 64 | I = ASTObjCInterfaces.begin(), E = ASTObjCInterfaces.end(); | 
|  | 65 | while (I != E) { | 
|  | 66 | ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second); | 
|  | 67 | delete R; | 
|  | 68 | } | 
|  | 69 | } | 
|  | 70 |  | 
|  | 71 | { | 
|  | 72 | llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl*, const RecordDecl*>::iterator | 
|  | 73 | I = ASTRecordForInterface.begin(), E = ASTRecordForInterface.end(); | 
|  | 74 | while (I != E) { | 
|  | 75 | RecordDecl *R = const_cast<RecordDecl*>((I++)->second); | 
|  | 76 | R->Destroy(*this); | 
|  | 77 | } | 
|  | 78 | } | 
|  | 79 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 65489b7 | 2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | TUDecl->Destroy(*this); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | } | 
|  | 82 |  | 
|  | 83 | void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { | 
|  | 84 | fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n"); | 
|  | 85 | fprintf(stderr, "  %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size()); | 
|  | 86 | unsigned NumBuiltin = 0, NumPointer = 0, NumArray = 0, NumFunctionP = 0; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4767734 | 2008-09-26 03:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | unsigned NumVector = 0, NumComplex = 0, NumBlockPointer = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | unsigned NumFunctionNP = 0, NumTypeName = 0, NumTagged = 0, NumReference = 0; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | unsigned NumMemberPointer = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 |  | 
|  | 91 | unsigned NumTagStruct = 0, NumTagUnion = 0, NumTagEnum = 0, NumTagClass = 0; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | unsigned NumObjCInterfaces = 0, NumObjCQualifiedInterfaces = 0; | 
|  | 93 | unsigned NumObjCQualifiedIds = 0; | 
| Steve Naroff | e043063 | 2008-05-21 15:59:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | unsigned NumTypeOfTypes = 0, NumTypeOfExprs = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 |  | 
|  | 96 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 97 | Type *T = Types[i]; | 
|  | 98 | if (isa<BuiltinType>(T)) | 
|  | 99 | ++NumBuiltin; | 
|  | 100 | else if (isa<PointerType>(T)) | 
|  | 101 | ++NumPointer; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4767734 | 2008-09-26 03:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 102 | else if (isa<BlockPointerType>(T)) | 
|  | 103 | ++NumBlockPointer; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 104 | else if (isa<ReferenceType>(T)) | 
|  | 105 | ++NumReference; | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 106 | else if (isa<MemberPointerType>(T)) | 
|  | 107 | ++NumMemberPointer; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | else if (isa<ComplexType>(T)) | 
|  | 109 | ++NumComplex; | 
|  | 110 | else if (isa<ArrayType>(T)) | 
|  | 111 | ++NumArray; | 
|  | 112 | else if (isa<VectorType>(T)) | 
|  | 113 | ++NumVector; | 
|  | 114 | else if (isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(T)) | 
|  | 115 | ++NumFunctionNP; | 
|  | 116 | else if (isa<FunctionTypeProto>(T)) | 
|  | 117 | ++NumFunctionP; | 
|  | 118 | else if (isa<TypedefType>(T)) | 
|  | 119 | ++NumTypeName; | 
|  | 120 | else if (TagType *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) { | 
|  | 121 | ++NumTagged; | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | switch (TT->getDecl()->getTagKind()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown tagged type!"); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | case TagDecl::TK_struct: ++NumTagStruct; break; | 
|  | 125 | case TagDecl::TK_union:  ++NumTagUnion; break; | 
|  | 126 | case TagDecl::TK_class:  ++NumTagClass; break; | 
|  | 127 | case TagDecl::TK_enum:   ++NumTagEnum; break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | } | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | } else if (isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(T)) | 
|  | 130 | ++NumObjCInterfaces; | 
|  | 131 | else if (isa<ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType>(T)) | 
|  | 132 | ++NumObjCQualifiedInterfaces; | 
|  | 133 | else if (isa<ObjCQualifiedIdType>(T)) | 
|  | 134 | ++NumObjCQualifiedIds; | 
| Steve Naroff | e043063 | 2008-05-21 15:59:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | else if (isa<TypeOfType>(T)) | 
|  | 136 | ++NumTypeOfTypes; | 
|  | 137 | else if (isa<TypeOfExpr>(T)) | 
|  | 138 | ++NumTypeOfExprs; | 
| Steve Naroff | 948fd37 | 2007-09-17 14:16:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a35b46 | 2007-12-12 06:43:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | QualType(T, 0).dump(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | assert(0 && "Unknown type!"); | 
|  | 142 | } | 
|  | 143 | } | 
|  | 144 |  | 
|  | 145 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d builtin types\n", NumBuiltin); | 
|  | 146 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d pointer types\n", NumPointer); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4767734 | 2008-09-26 03:23:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d block pointer types\n", NumBlockPointer); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d reference types\n", NumReference); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d member pointer types\n", NumMemberPointer); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d complex types\n", NumComplex); | 
|  | 151 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d array types\n", NumArray); | 
|  | 152 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d vector types\n", NumVector); | 
|  | 153 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d function types with proto\n", NumFunctionP); | 
|  | 154 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d function types with no proto\n", NumFunctionNP); | 
|  | 155 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d typename (typedef) types\n", NumTypeName); | 
|  | 156 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d tagged types\n", NumTagged); | 
|  | 157 | fprintf(stderr, "      %d struct types\n", NumTagStruct); | 
|  | 158 | fprintf(stderr, "      %d union types\n", NumTagUnion); | 
|  | 159 | fprintf(stderr, "      %d class types\n", NumTagClass); | 
|  | 160 | fprintf(stderr, "      %d enum types\n", NumTagEnum); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d interface types\n", NumObjCInterfaces); | 
| Chris Lattner | 8a35b46 | 2007-12-12 06:43:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d protocol qualified interface types\n", | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | NumObjCQualifiedInterfaces); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d protocol qualified id types\n", | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | NumObjCQualifiedIds); | 
| Steve Naroff | e043063 | 2008-05-21 15:59:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d typeof types\n", NumTypeOfTypes); | 
|  | 167 | fprintf(stderr, "    %d typeof exprs\n", NumTypeOfExprs); | 
|  | 168 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(NumBuiltin*sizeof(BuiltinType)+ | 
|  | 170 | NumPointer*sizeof(PointerType)+NumArray*sizeof(ArrayType)+ | 
|  | 171 | NumComplex*sizeof(ComplexType)+NumVector*sizeof(VectorType)+ | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | NumMemberPointer*sizeof(MemberPointerType)+ | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | NumFunctionP*sizeof(FunctionTypeProto)+ | 
|  | 174 | NumFunctionNP*sizeof(FunctionTypeNoProto)+ | 
| Steve Naroff | e043063 | 2008-05-21 15:59:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | NumTypeName*sizeof(TypedefType)+NumTagged*sizeof(TagType)+ | 
|  | 176 | NumTypeOfTypes*sizeof(TypeOfType)+NumTypeOfExprs*sizeof(TypeOfExpr))); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | } | 
|  | 178 |  | 
|  | 179 |  | 
|  | 180 | void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(QualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | Types.push_back((R = QualType(new (*this,8) BuiltinType(K),0)).getTypePtr()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | } | 
|  | 183 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() { | 
|  | 185 | assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); | 
|  | 186 |  | 
|  | 187 | // C99 6.2.5p19. | 
|  | 188 | InitBuiltinType(VoidTy,              BuiltinType::Void); | 
|  | 189 |  | 
|  | 190 | // C99 6.2.5p2. | 
|  | 191 | InitBuiltinType(BoolTy,              BuiltinType::Bool); | 
|  | 192 | // C99 6.2.5p3. | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | if (Target.isCharSigned()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | InitBuiltinType(CharTy,            BuiltinType::Char_S); | 
|  | 195 | else | 
|  | 196 | InitBuiltinType(CharTy,            BuiltinType::Char_U); | 
|  | 197 | // C99 6.2.5p4. | 
|  | 198 | InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy,        BuiltinType::SChar); | 
|  | 199 | InitBuiltinType(ShortTy,             BuiltinType::Short); | 
|  | 200 | InitBuiltinType(IntTy,               BuiltinType::Int); | 
|  | 201 | InitBuiltinType(LongTy,              BuiltinType::Long); | 
|  | 202 | InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy,          BuiltinType::LongLong); | 
|  | 203 |  | 
|  | 204 | // C99 6.2.5p6. | 
|  | 205 | InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy,      BuiltinType::UChar); | 
|  | 206 | InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy,     BuiltinType::UShort); | 
|  | 207 | InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy,       BuiltinType::UInt); | 
|  | 208 | InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy,      BuiltinType::ULong); | 
|  | 209 | InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy,  BuiltinType::ULongLong); | 
|  | 210 |  | 
|  | 211 | // C99 6.2.5p10. | 
|  | 212 | InitBuiltinType(FloatTy,             BuiltinType::Float); | 
|  | 213 | InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy,            BuiltinType::Double); | 
|  | 214 | InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy,        BuiltinType::LongDouble); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 1ed03e7 | 2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 |  | 
|  | 216 | // C++ 3.9.1p5 | 
|  | 217 | InitBuiltinType(WCharTy,             BuiltinType::WChar); | 
|  | 218 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | // Placeholder type for functions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy,          BuiltinType::Overload); | 
|  | 221 |  | 
|  | 222 | // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is | 
|  | 223 | // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against | 
|  | 224 | // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to | 
|  | 225 | // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent | 
|  | 226 | // expressions. | 
|  | 227 | InitBuiltinType(DependentTy,         BuiltinType::Dependent); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | // C99 6.2.5p11. | 
|  | 230 | FloatComplexTy      = getComplexType(FloatTy); | 
|  | 231 | DoubleComplexTy     = getComplexType(DoubleTy); | 
|  | 232 | LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | BuiltinVaListType = QualType(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 | ObjCIdType = QualType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | IdStructType = 0; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | ObjCClassType = QualType(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7f23e3d | 2007-10-31 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | ClassStructType = 0; | 
|  | 239 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 |  | 
|  | 242 | // void * type | 
|  | 243 | VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | } | 
|  | 245 |  | 
|  | 246 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 247 | //                         Type Sizing and Analysis | 
|  | 248 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 249 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2a674dc | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | /// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified | 
|  | 251 | /// scalar floating point type. | 
|  | 252 | const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { | 
|  | 253 | const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAsBuiltinType(); | 
|  | 254 | assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); | 
|  | 255 | switch (BT->getKind()) { | 
|  | 256 | default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!"); | 
|  | 257 | case BuiltinType::Float:      return Target.getFloatFormat(); | 
|  | 258 | case BuiltinType::Double:     return Target.getDoubleFormat(); | 
|  | 259 | case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat(); | 
|  | 260 | } | 
|  | 261 | } | 
|  | 262 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bd3153e | 2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | /// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the | 
|  | 264 | /// specified decl.  Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so | 
|  | 265 | /// this method will assert on them. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 96d1f1b | 2009-02-17 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 266 | unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 0ee5732 | 2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth(); | 
|  | 268 |  | 
|  | 269 | if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | 
|  | 270 | Align = std::max(Align, AA->getAlignment()); | 
|  | 271 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bd3153e | 2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { | 
|  | 273 | QualType T = VD->getType(); | 
|  | 274 | // Incomplete or function types default to 1. | 
| Eli Friedman | 0ee5732 | 2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { | 
|  | 276 | while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) | 
|  | 277 | T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType(); | 
|  | 278 |  | 
|  | 279 | Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); | 
|  | 280 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | bd3153e | 2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | 0ee5732 | 2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 |  | 
|  | 283 | return Align / Target.getCharWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | bd3153e | 2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2a674dc | 2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | /// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits.  This method | 
|  | 287 | /// does not work on incomplete types. | 
|  | 288 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | T = getCanonicalType(T); | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | uint64_t Width; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | unsigned Align; | 
|  | 293 | switch (T->getTypeClass()) { | 
|  | 294 | case Type::TypeName: assert(0 && "Not a canonical type!"); | 
|  | 295 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | 
|  | 296 | case Type::FunctionProto: | 
|  | 297 | default: | 
|  | 298 | assert(0 && "Incomplete types have no size!"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 83c1301 | 2007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | case Type::VariableArray: | 
|  | 300 | assert(0 && "VLAs not implemented yet!"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | case Type::DependentSizedArray: | 
|  | 302 | assert(0 && "Dependently-sized arrays don't have a known size"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 83c1301 | 2007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | case Type::ConstantArray: { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); | 
| Steve Naroff | 83c1301 | 2007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | Align = EltInfo.second; | 
|  | 309 | break; | 
| Christopher Lamb | 82c758b | 2007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 310 | } | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | case Type::ExtVector: | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | case Type::Vector: { | 
|  | 313 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | getTypeInfo(cast<VectorType>(T)->getElementType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | Width = EltInfo.first*cast<VectorType>(T)->getNumElements(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | Align = Width; | 
| Nate Begeman | 7903d05 | 2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. | 
|  | 318 | // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. | 
|  | 319 | // FIXME: this should probably be a target property. | 
|  | 320 | Align = 1 << llvm::Log2_32_Ceil(Align); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | break; | 
|  | 322 | } | 
|  | 323 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | case Type::Builtin: | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 325 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | 
|  | 326 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!"); | 
|  | 327 | case BuiltinType::Void: | 
|  | 328 | assert(0 && "Incomplete types have no size!"); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | case BuiltinType::Bool: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | Width = Target.getBoolWidth(); | 
|  | 331 | Align = Target.getBoolAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | case BuiltinType::Char_S: | 
|  | 334 | case BuiltinType::Char_U: | 
|  | 335 | case BuiltinType::UChar: | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | case BuiltinType::SChar: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | Width = Target.getCharWidth(); | 
|  | 338 | Align = Target.getCharAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | break; | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 1ed03e7 | 2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | case BuiltinType::WChar: | 
|  | 341 | Width = Target.getWCharWidth(); | 
|  | 342 | Align = Target.getWCharAlign(); | 
|  | 343 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 344 | case BuiltinType::UShort: | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | case BuiltinType::Short: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | Width = Target.getShortWidth(); | 
|  | 347 | Align = Target.getShortAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 | case BuiltinType::UInt: | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | case BuiltinType::Int: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | Width = Target.getIntWidth(); | 
|  | 352 | Align = Target.getIntAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | case BuiltinType::ULong: | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 | case BuiltinType::Long: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 356 | Width = Target.getLongWidth(); | 
|  | 357 | Align = Target.getLongAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | case BuiltinType::ULongLong: | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | case BuiltinType::LongLong: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | Width = Target.getLongLongWidth(); | 
|  | 362 | Align = Target.getLongLongAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | break; | 
|  | 364 | case BuiltinType::Float: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 365 | Width = Target.getFloatWidth(); | 
|  | 366 | Align = Target.getFloatAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | break; | 
|  | 368 | case BuiltinType::Double: | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d78a86 | 2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | Width = Target.getDoubleWidth(); | 
|  | 370 | Align = Target.getDoubleAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | break; | 
|  | 372 | case BuiltinType::LongDouble: | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth(); | 
|  | 374 | Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | break; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | } | 
|  | 377 | break; | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | case Type::FixedWidthInt: | 
|  | 379 | // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend | 
|  | 380 | // on the available types for the target | 
|  | 381 | Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e917498 | 2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8); | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | Align = Width; | 
|  | 384 | break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 | case Type::ExtQual: | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | // FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and | 
|  | 387 | // alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | return getTypeInfo(QualType(cast<ExtQualType>(T)->getBaseType(), 0)); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | case Type::ObjCQualifiedId: | 
| Eli Friedman | 2f6d70d | 2009-02-22 04:02:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | case Type::ObjCQualifiedClass: | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d78a86 | 2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); | 
| Chris Lattner | 461a6c5 | 2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 62f09f5 | 2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 | case Type::BlockPointer: { | 
|  | 395 | unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | 
|  | 396 | Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); | 
|  | 397 | Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); | 
|  | 398 | break; | 
|  | 399 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 461a6c5 | 2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | case Type::Pointer: { | 
|  | 401 | unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d78a86 | 2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); | 
| Chris Lattner | 461a6c5 | 2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); | 
|  | 404 | break; | 
|  | 405 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | case Type::Reference: | 
|  | 407 | // "When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result is the size | 
|  | 408 | // of the referenced type." C++98 5.3.3p2: expr.sizeof. | 
| Chris Lattner | b66237b | 2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | // FIXME: This is wrong for struct layout: a reference in a struct has | 
|  | 410 | // pointer size. | 
| Chris Lattner | cfac88d | 2008-04-02 17:35:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | return getTypeInfo(cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | case Type::MemberPointer: { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 18cffee | 2009-01-24 23:29:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | // FIXME: This is not only platform- but also ABI-dependent. We follow | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 414 | // the GCC ABI, where pointers to data are one pointer large, pointers to | 
|  | 415 | // functions two pointers. But if we want to support ABI compatibility with | 
| Sebastian Redl | 18cffee | 2009-01-24 23:29:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | // other compilers too, we need to delegate this completely to TargetInfo | 
|  | 417 | // or some ABI abstraction layer. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 419 | unsigned AS = Pointee.getAddressSpace(); | 
|  | 420 | Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS); | 
|  | 421 | if (Pointee->isFunctionType()) | 
|  | 422 | Width *= 2; | 
|  | 423 | Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS); | 
|  | 424 | // GCC aligns at single pointer width. | 
|  | 425 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | case Type::Complex: { | 
|  | 427 | // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the | 
|  | 428 | // size. | 
|  | 429 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | Width = EltInfo.first*2; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | Align = EltInfo.second; | 
|  | 433 | break; | 
|  | 434 | } | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | case Type::ObjCInterface: { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); | 
|  | 438 | Width = Layout.getSize(); | 
|  | 439 | Align = Layout.getAlignment(); | 
|  | 440 | break; | 
|  | 441 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bf1d6c | 2008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | case Type::Tagged: { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); | 
|  | 444 |  | 
|  | 445 | if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | fd79969 | 2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | Width = 1; | 
|  | 447 | Align = 1; | 
|  | 448 | break; | 
|  | 449 | } | 
|  | 450 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bf1d6c | 2008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); | 
|  | 453 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d6a5d2 | 2008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bf1d6c | 2008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); | 
|  | 456 | Width = Layout.getSize(); | 
|  | 457 | Align = Layout.getAlignment(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | break; | 
|  | 459 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bf1d6c | 2008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 461 |  | 
|  | 462 | assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2"); | 
| Chris Lattner | fc18dcc | 2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | return std::make_pair(Width, Align); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | } | 
|  | 465 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 83165b5 | 2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | /// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified | 
|  | 467 | /// type for the current target in bits.  This can be different than the ABI | 
|  | 468 | /// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign | 
|  | 469 | /// a data type. | 
|  | 470 | unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) { | 
|  | 471 | unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); | 
|  | 472 |  | 
|  | 473 | // Doubles should be naturally aligned if possible. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c61a800 | 2009-02-18 19:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) | 
|  | 475 | return std::max(ABIAlign, 64U); | 
| Chris Lattner | 83165b5 | 2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 |  | 
|  | 477 | return ABIAlign; | 
|  | 478 | } | 
|  | 479 |  | 
|  | 480 |  | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | /// LayoutField - Field layout. | 
|  | 482 | void ASTRecordLayout::LayoutField(const FieldDecl *FD, unsigned FieldNo, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | bool IsUnion, unsigned StructPacking, | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | ASTContext &Context) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | unsigned FieldPacking = StructPacking; | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | uint64_t FieldOffset = IsUnion ? 0 : Size; | 
|  | 487 | uint64_t FieldSize; | 
|  | 488 | unsigned FieldAlign; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 |  | 
|  | 490 | // FIXME: Should this override struct packing? Probably we want to | 
|  | 491 | // take the minimum? | 
|  | 492 | if (const PackedAttr *PA = FD->getAttr<PackedAttr>()) | 
|  | 493 | FieldPacking = PA->getAlignment(); | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 |  | 
|  | 495 | if (const Expr *BitWidthExpr = FD->getBitWidth()) { | 
|  | 496 | // TODO: Need to check this algorithm on other targets! | 
|  | 497 | //       (tested on Linux-X86) | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7cbcbf4 | 2008-08-13 23:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | FieldSize = | 
|  | 499 | BitWidthExpr->getIntegerConstantExprValue(Context).getZExtValue(); | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 |  | 
|  | 501 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = | 
|  | 502 | Context.getTypeInfo(FD->getType()); | 
|  | 503 | uint64_t TypeSize = FieldInfo.first; | 
|  | 504 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | // Determine the alignment of this bitfield. The packing | 
|  | 506 | // attributes define a maximum and the alignment attribute defines | 
|  | 507 | // a minimum. | 
|  | 508 | // FIXME: What is the right behavior when the specified alignment | 
|  | 509 | // is smaller than the specified packing? | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | FieldAlign = FieldInfo.second; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | if (FieldPacking) | 
|  | 512 | FieldAlign = std::min(FieldAlign, FieldPacking); | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 | if (const AlignedAttr *AA = FD->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | 
|  | 514 | FieldAlign = std::max(FieldAlign, AA->getAlignment()); | 
|  | 515 |  | 
|  | 516 | // Check if we need to add padding to give the field the correct | 
|  | 517 | // alignment. | 
|  | 518 | if (FieldSize == 0 || (FieldOffset & (FieldAlign-1)) + FieldSize > TypeSize) | 
|  | 519 | FieldOffset = (FieldOffset + (FieldAlign-1)) & ~(FieldAlign-1); | 
|  | 520 |  | 
|  | 521 | // Padding members don't affect overall alignment | 
|  | 522 | if (!FD->getIdentifier()) | 
|  | 523 | FieldAlign = 1; | 
|  | 524 | } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | fd79969 | 2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | if (FD->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { | 
|  | 526 | // This is a flexible array member; we can't directly | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | // query getTypeInfo about these, so we figure it out here. | 
|  | 528 | // Flexible array members don't have any size, but they | 
|  | 529 | // have to be aligned appropriately for their element type. | 
|  | 530 | FieldSize = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | const ArrayType* ATy = Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType()); | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | FieldAlign = Context.getTypeAlign(ATy->getElementType()); | 
|  | 533 | } else { | 
|  | 534 | std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> FieldInfo = | 
|  | 535 | Context.getTypeInfo(FD->getType()); | 
|  | 536 | FieldSize = FieldInfo.first; | 
|  | 537 | FieldAlign = FieldInfo.second; | 
|  | 538 | } | 
|  | 539 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | // Determine the alignment of this bitfield. The packing | 
|  | 541 | // attributes define a maximum and the alignment attribute defines | 
|  | 542 | // a minimum. Additionally, the packing alignment must be at least | 
|  | 543 | // a byte for non-bitfields. | 
|  | 544 | // | 
|  | 545 | // FIXME: What is the right behavior when the specified alignment | 
|  | 546 | // is smaller than the specified packing? | 
|  | 547 | if (FieldPacking) | 
|  | 548 | FieldAlign = std::min(FieldAlign, std::max(8U, FieldPacking)); | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | if (const AlignedAttr *AA = FD->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | 
|  | 550 | FieldAlign = std::max(FieldAlign, AA->getAlignment()); | 
|  | 551 |  | 
|  | 552 | // Round up the current record size to the field's alignment boundary. | 
|  | 553 | FieldOffset = (FieldOffset + (FieldAlign-1)) & ~(FieldAlign-1); | 
|  | 554 | } | 
|  | 555 |  | 
|  | 556 | // Place this field at the current location. | 
|  | 557 | FieldOffsets[FieldNo] = FieldOffset; | 
|  | 558 |  | 
|  | 559 | // Reserve space for this field. | 
|  | 560 | if (IsUnion) { | 
|  | 561 | Size = std::max(Size, FieldSize); | 
|  | 562 | } else { | 
|  | 563 | Size = FieldOffset + FieldSize; | 
|  | 564 | } | 
|  | 565 |  | 
|  | 566 | // Remember max struct/class alignment. | 
|  | 567 | Alignment = std::max(Alignment, FieldAlign); | 
|  | 568 | } | 
|  | 569 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0556b15 | 2008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | static void CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, | 
|  | 571 | std::vector<FieldDecl*> &Fields) { | 
|  | 572 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass(); | 
|  | 573 | if (SuperClass) | 
|  | 574 | CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields); | 
|  | 575 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), | 
|  | 576 | E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
|  | 577 | ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = (*I); | 
|  | 578 | if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
|  | 579 | Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl)); | 
|  | 580 | } | 
|  | 581 | } | 
|  | 582 |  | 
|  | 583 | /// addRecordToClass - produces record info. for the class for its | 
|  | 584 | /// ivars and all those inherited. | 
|  | 585 | /// | 
|  | 586 | const RecordDecl *ASTContext::addRecordToClass(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) | 
|  | 587 | { | 
|  | 588 | const RecordDecl *&RD = ASTRecordForInterface[D]; | 
|  | 589 | if (RD) | 
|  | 590 | return RD; | 
|  | 591 | std::vector<FieldDecl*> RecFields; | 
|  | 592 | CollectObjCIvars(D, RecFields); | 
|  | 593 | RecordDecl *NewRD = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, 0, | 
|  | 594 | D->getLocation(), | 
|  | 595 | D->getIdentifier()); | 
|  | 596 | /// FIXME! Can do collection of ivars and adding to the record while | 
|  | 597 | /// doing it. | 
|  | 598 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i != RecFields.size(); i++) { | 
|  | 599 | FieldDecl *Field =  FieldDecl::Create(*this, NewRD, | 
|  | 600 | RecFields[i]->getLocation(), | 
|  | 601 | RecFields[i]->getIdentifier(), | 
|  | 602 | RecFields[i]->getType(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | RecFields[i]->getBitWidth(), false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 03b2ad2 | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | NewRD->addDecl(Field); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0556b15 | 2008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | } | 
|  | 606 | NewRD->completeDefinition(*this); | 
|  | 607 | RD = NewRD; | 
|  | 608 | return RD; | 
|  | 609 | } | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | ea94484 | 2008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | /// setFieldDecl - maps a field for the given Ivar reference node. | 
|  | 612 | // | 
|  | 613 | void ASTContext::setFieldDecl(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, | 
|  | 614 | const ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar, | 
|  | 615 | const ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef) { | 
|  | 616 | FieldDecl *FD = (const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI))-> | 
|  | 617 | lookupFieldDeclForIvar(*this, Ivar); | 
|  | 618 | ASTFieldForIvarRef[MRef] = FD; | 
|  | 619 | } | 
|  | 620 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | /// getASTObjcInterfaceLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of | 
|  | 622 | /// the specified Objective C, which indicates its size and ivar | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | /// position information. | 
|  | 624 | const ASTRecordLayout & | 
|  | 625 | ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { | 
|  | 626 | // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have. | 
|  | 627 | const ASTRecordLayout *&Entry = ASTObjCInterfaces[D]; | 
|  | 628 | if (Entry) return *Entry; | 
|  | 629 |  | 
|  | 630 | // Allocate and assign into ASTRecordLayouts here.  The "Entry" reference can | 
|  | 631 | // be invalidated (dangle) if the ASTRecordLayouts hashtable is inserted into. | 
| Devang Patel | 8682d88 | 2008-06-06 02:14:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry = NULL; | 
|  | 633 | unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size(); | 
|  | 634 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = D->getSuperClass()) { | 
|  | 635 | FieldCount++; | 
|  | 636 | const ASTRecordLayout &SL = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(SD); | 
|  | 637 | unsigned Alignment = SL.getAlignment(); | 
|  | 638 | uint64_t Size = SL.getSize(); | 
|  | 639 | NewEntry = new ASTRecordLayout(Size, Alignment); | 
|  | 640 | NewEntry->InitializeLayout(FieldCount); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | // Super class is at the beginning of the layout. | 
|  | 642 | NewEntry->SetFieldOffset(0, 0); | 
| Devang Patel | 8682d88 | 2008-06-06 02:14:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | } else { | 
|  | 644 | NewEntry = new ASTRecordLayout(); | 
|  | 645 | NewEntry->InitializeLayout(FieldCount); | 
|  | 646 | } | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | Entry = NewEntry; | 
|  | 648 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | unsigned StructPacking = 0; | 
|  | 650 | if (const PackedAttr *PA = D->getAttr<PackedAttr>()) | 
|  | 651 | StructPacking = PA->getAlignment(); | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 |  | 
|  | 653 | if (const AlignedAttr *AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | 
|  | 654 | NewEntry->SetAlignment(std::max(NewEntry->getAlignment(), | 
|  | 655 | AA->getAlignment())); | 
|  | 656 |  | 
|  | 657 | // Layout each ivar sequentially. | 
|  | 658 | unsigned i = 0; | 
|  | 659 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = D->ivar_begin(), | 
|  | 660 | IVE = D->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { | 
|  | 661 | const ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | NewEntry->LayoutField(Ivar, i++, false, StructPacking, *this); | 
| Devang Patel | 4b6bf70 | 2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | } | 
|  | 664 |  | 
|  | 665 | // Finally, round the size of the total struct up to the alignment of the | 
|  | 666 | // struct itself. | 
|  | 667 | NewEntry->FinalizeLayout(); | 
|  | 668 | return *NewEntry; | 
|  | 669 | } | 
|  | 670 |  | 
| Devang Patel | 7a78e43 | 2007-11-01 19:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | /// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | /// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field | 
|  | 673 | /// position information. | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 46a837c | 2008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | D = D->getDefinition(*this); | 
|  | 676 | assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!"); | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have. | 
| Devang Patel | 7a78e43 | 2007-11-01 19:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | const ASTRecordLayout *&Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D]; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | if (Entry) return *Entry; | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 |  | 
| Devang Patel | 7a78e43 | 2007-11-01 19:11:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | // Allocate and assign into ASTRecordLayouts here.  The "Entry" reference can | 
|  | 683 | // be invalidated (dangle) if the ASTRecordLayouts hashtable is inserted into. | 
|  | 684 | ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry = new ASTRecordLayout(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | Entry = NewEntry; | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3967762 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | // FIXME: Avoid linear walk through the fields, if possible. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | NewEntry->InitializeLayout(std::distance(D->field_begin(), D->field_end())); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | bool IsUnion = D->isUnion(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2cb762f | 2008-10-16 02:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | unsigned StructPacking = 0; | 
|  | 692 | if (const PackedAttr *PA = D->getAttr<PackedAttr>()) | 
|  | 693 | StructPacking = PA->getAlignment(); | 
|  | 694 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | if (const AlignedAttr *AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | NewEntry->SetAlignment(std::max(NewEntry->getAlignment(), | 
|  | 697 | AA->getAlignment())); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 058237f | 2008-02-18 07:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | // Layout each field, for now, just sequentially, respecting alignment.  In | 
|  | 700 | // the future, this will need to be tweakable by targets. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | unsigned FieldIdx = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5d76484 | 2009-01-09 17:18:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = D->field_begin(), | 
|  | 703 | FieldEnd = D->field_end(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++FieldIdx) | 
|  | 705 | NewEntry->LayoutField(*Field, FieldIdx, IsUnion, StructPacking, *this); | 
| Eli Friedman | 5949a02 | 2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 |  | 
|  | 707 | // Finally, round the size of the total struct up to the alignment of the | 
|  | 708 | // struct itself. | 
| Devang Patel | bfe323c | 2008-06-04 21:22:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | NewEntry->FinalizeLayout(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | return *NewEntry; | 
|  | 711 | } | 
|  | 712 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 714 | //                   Type creation/memoization methods | 
|  | 715 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 716 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); | 
|  | 719 | if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) | 
| Chris Lattner | 35fef52 | 2008-02-20 20:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | return T; | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 |  | 
|  | 722 | // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together into one | 
|  | 723 | // ExtQualType node. | 
|  | 724 | unsigned CVRQuals = T.getCVRQualifiers(); | 
|  | 725 | QualType::GCAttrTypes GCAttr = QualType::GCNone; | 
|  | 726 | Type *TypeNode = T.getTypePtr(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 35fef52 | 2008-02-20 20:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | if (ExtQualType *EQT = dyn_cast<ExtQualType>(TypeNode)) { | 
|  | 729 | // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get | 
|  | 730 | // another one. | 
|  | 731 | assert(EQT->getAddressSpace() == 0 && | 
|  | 732 | "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); | 
|  | 733 | GCAttr = EQT->getObjCGCAttr(); | 
|  | 734 | TypeNode = EQT->getBaseType(); | 
|  | 735 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 35fef52 | 2008-02-20 20:55:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | // Check if we've already instantiated this type. | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | ExtQualType::Profile(ID, TypeNode, AddressSpace, GCAttr); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | if (ExtQualType *EXTQy = ExtQualTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | return QualType(EXTQy, CVRQuals); | 
|  | 743 |  | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | // If the base type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 745 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 746 | QualType Canonical; | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | if (!TypeNode->isCanonical()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | Canonical = getAddrSpaceQualType(CanT, AddressSpace); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | // Update InsertPos, the previous call could have invalidated it. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | ExtQualType *NewIP = ExtQualTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | ExtQualType *New = | 
|  | 755 | new (*this, 8) ExtQualType(TypeNode, Canonical, AddressSpace, GCAttr); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | ExtQualTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | Types.push_back(New); | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | return QualType(New, CVRQuals); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | } | 
|  | 760 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, | 
|  | 762 | QualType::GCAttrTypes GCAttr) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | return T; | 
|  | 766 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together into one | 
|  | 768 | // ExtQualType node. | 
|  | 769 | unsigned CVRQuals = T.getCVRQualifiers(); | 
|  | 770 | Type *TypeNode = T.getTypePtr(); | 
|  | 771 | unsigned AddressSpace = 0; | 
|  | 772 |  | 
|  | 773 | if (ExtQualType *EQT = dyn_cast<ExtQualType>(TypeNode)) { | 
|  | 774 | // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get | 
|  | 775 | // another one. | 
|  | 776 | assert(EQT->getObjCGCAttr() == QualType::GCNone && | 
|  | 777 | "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); | 
|  | 778 | AddressSpace = EQT->getAddressSpace(); | 
|  | 779 | TypeNode = EQT->getBaseType(); | 
|  | 780 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 |  | 
|  | 782 | // Check if we've already instantiated an gc qual'd type of this type. | 
|  | 783 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | ExtQualType::Profile(ID, TypeNode, AddressSpace, GCAttr); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 786 | if (ExtQualType *EXTQy = ExtQualTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | return QualType(EXTQy, CVRQuals); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 |  | 
|  | 789 | // If the base type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 790 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 791 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 792 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | Canonical = getObjCGCQualType(CanT, GCAttr); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 795 | // Update InsertPos, the previous call could have invalidated it. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 796 | ExtQualType *NewIP = ExtQualTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
|  | 797 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
|  | 798 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | ExtQualType *New = | 
|  | 800 | new (*this, 8) ExtQualType(TypeNode, Canonical, AddressSpace, GCAttr); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | ExtQualTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 802 | Types.push_back(New); | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | return QualType(New, CVRQuals); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | af23809 | 2009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 804 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 |  | 
|  | 806 | /// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex | 
|  | 807 | /// number with the specified element type. | 
|  | 808 | QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 809 | // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular | 
|  | 810 | // structure. | 
|  | 811 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 812 | ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); | 
|  | 813 |  | 
|  | 814 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 815 | if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 816 | return QualType(CT, 0); | 
|  | 817 |  | 
|  | 818 | // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 819 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 820 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 821 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 |  | 
|  | 824 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 825 | ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | ComplexType *New = new (*this,8) ComplexType(T, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 830 | ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 831 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 832 | } | 
|  | 833 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) { | 
|  | 835 | llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ? | 
|  | 836 | SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes; | 
|  | 837 | FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width]; | 
|  | 838 | if (!Entry) | 
|  | 839 | Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed); | 
|  | 840 | return QualType(Entry, 0); | 
|  | 841 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 842 |  | 
|  | 843 | /// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to | 
|  | 844 | /// the specified type. | 
|  | 845 | QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 846 | // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular | 
|  | 847 | // structure. | 
|  | 848 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 849 | PointerType::Profile(ID, T); | 
|  | 850 |  | 
|  | 851 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 852 | if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 853 | return QualType(PT, 0); | 
|  | 854 |  | 
|  | 855 | // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 856 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 857 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 858 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 860 |  | 
|  | 861 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 862 | PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | PointerType *New = new (*this,8) PointerType(T, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 867 | PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 868 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 869 | } | 
|  | 870 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 7aa5475 | 2008-08-27 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | /// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for | 
|  | 872 | /// a pointer to the specified block. | 
|  | 873 | QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) { | 
| Steve Naroff | fd5b19d | 2008-08-28 19:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); | 
|  | 875 | // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular | 
| Steve Naroff | 7aa5475 | 2008-08-27 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | // structure. | 
|  | 877 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 878 | BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); | 
|  | 879 |  | 
|  | 880 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 881 | if (BlockPointerType *PT = | 
|  | 882 | BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 883 | return QualType(PT, 0); | 
|  | 884 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | fd5b19d | 2008-08-28 19:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical | 
| Steve Naroff | 7aa5475 | 2008-08-27 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 886 | // type either so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 887 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 888 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
|  | 889 | Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); | 
|  | 890 |  | 
|  | 891 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 892 | BlockPointerType *NewIP = | 
|  | 893 | BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Steve Naroff | 7aa5475 | 2008-08-27 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | BlockPointerType *New = new (*this,8) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7aa5475 | 2008-08-27 16:04:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 898 | BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 899 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 900 | } | 
|  | 901 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | /// getReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a reference | 
|  | 903 | /// to the specified type. | 
|  | 904 | QualType ASTContext::getReferenceType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 905 | // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular | 
|  | 906 | // structure. | 
|  | 907 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 908 | ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T); | 
|  | 909 |  | 
|  | 910 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 911 | if (ReferenceType *RT = ReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 912 | return QualType(RT, 0); | 
|  | 913 |  | 
|  | 914 | // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type | 
|  | 915 | // either, so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 916 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 917 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | Canonical = getReferenceType(getCanonicalType(T)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 |  | 
|  | 920 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 921 | ReferenceType *NewIP = ReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 | } | 
|  | 924 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | ReferenceType *New = new (*this,8) ReferenceType(T, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 927 | ReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 928 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 929 | } | 
|  | 930 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 931 | /// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a | 
|  | 932 | /// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. | 
|  | 933 | QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) | 
|  | 934 | { | 
|  | 935 | // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular | 
|  | 936 | // structure. | 
|  | 937 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 938 | MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); | 
|  | 939 |  | 
|  | 940 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 941 | if (MemberPointerType *PT = | 
|  | 942 | MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 943 | return QualType(PT, 0); | 
|  | 944 |  | 
|  | 945 | // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical | 
|  | 946 | // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 947 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 948 | if (!T->isCanonical()) { | 
|  | 949 | Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); | 
|  | 950 |  | 
|  | 951 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 952 | MemberPointerType *NewIP = | 
|  | 953 | MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
|  | 954 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
|  | 955 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | MemberPointerType *New = new (*this,8) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7555503 | 2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 958 | MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 959 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 960 | } | 
|  | 961 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 83c1301 | 2007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | /// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an | 
|  | 963 | /// array of the specified element type. | 
|  | 964 | QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, | 
| Steve Naroff | 24c9b98 | 2007-08-30 18:10:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | const llvm::APInt &ArySize, | 
|  | 966 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, | 
|  | 967 | unsigned EltTypeQuals) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3f7a8f1 | 2009-02-19 17:31:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 |  | 
|  | 971 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 | if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = | 
|  | 973 | ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | return QualType(ATP, 0); | 
|  | 975 |  | 
|  | 976 | // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 977 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 978 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 979 | if (!EltTy->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize, | 
| Steve Naroff | 24c9b98 | 2007-08-30 18:10:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | ConstantArrayType *NewIP = | 
|  | 984 | ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | } | 
|  | 987 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | ConstantArrayType *New = | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | new(*this,8)ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 992 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 993 | } | 
|  | 994 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | e2579e3 | 2007-08-30 18:14:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | /// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a | 
|  | 996 | /// variable array of the specified element type. | 
| Steve Naroff | 24c9b98 | 2007-08-30 18:10:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts, | 
|  | 998 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, | 
|  | 999 | unsigned EltTypeQuals) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's | 
|  | 1001 | // that have an expression provided for their size. | 
|  | 1002 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | VariableArrayType *New = | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | new(*this,8)VariableArrayType(EltTy,QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 |  | 
|  | 1006 | VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1007 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1008 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 1009 | } | 
|  | 1010 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | /// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to | 
|  | 1012 | /// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element | 
|  | 1013 | /// type. FIXME: We will need these to be uniqued, or at least | 
|  | 1014 | /// comparable, at some point. | 
|  | 1015 | QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy, Expr *NumElts, | 
|  | 1016 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, | 
|  | 1017 | unsigned EltTypeQuals) { | 
|  | 1018 | assert((NumElts->isTypeDependent() || NumElts->isValueDependent()) && | 
|  | 1019 | "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); | 
|  | 1020 |  | 
|  | 1021 | // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique | 
|  | 1022 | // dependently-sized array types. | 
|  | 1023 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | DependentSizedArrayType *New = | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | new (*this,8) DependentSizedArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, | 
|  | 1026 | ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 |  | 
|  | 1028 | DependentSizedArrayTypes.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1029 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1030 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 1031 | } | 
|  | 1032 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy, | 
|  | 1034 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, | 
|  | 1035 | unsigned EltTypeQuals) { | 
|  | 1036 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3f7a8f1 | 2009-02-19 17:31:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 |  | 
|  | 1039 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1040 | if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP = | 
|  | 1041 | IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 1042 | return QualType(ATP, 0); | 
|  | 1043 |  | 
|  | 1044 | // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type | 
|  | 1045 | // either, so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 1046 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 1047 |  | 
|  | 1048 | if (!EltTy->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), | 
| Ted Kremenek | 3793e1a | 2007-10-29 23:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 |  | 
|  | 1052 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 1053 | IncompleteArrayType *NewIP = | 
|  | 1054 | IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 3793e1a | 2007-10-29 23:37:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1056 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this,8) IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | ASM, EltTypeQuals); | 
| Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 |  | 
|  | 1061 | IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1062 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1063 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
| Steve Naroff | 83c1301 | 2007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | } | 
|  | 1065 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1066 | /// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of | 
|  | 1067 | /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. | 
|  | 1068 | QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) { | 
|  | 1069 | BuiltinType *baseType; | 
|  | 1070 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type"); | 
|  | 1073 |  | 
|  | 1074 | // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. | 
|  | 1075 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 1076 | VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector); | 
|  | 1077 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1078 | if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 1079 | return QualType(VTP, 0); | 
|  | 1080 |  | 
|  | 1081 | // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 1082 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 1083 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 1084 | if (!vecType->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 |  | 
|  | 1087 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 1088 | VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | VectorType *New = new (*this,8) VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1093 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1094 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 1095 | } | 
|  | 1096 |  | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | /// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | /// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | BuiltinType *baseType; | 
|  | 1101 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr()); | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 |  | 
|  | 1105 | // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. | 
|  | 1106 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1109 | if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 1110 | return QualType(VTP, 0); | 
|  | 1111 |  | 
|  | 1112 | // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, | 
|  | 1113 | // so fill in the canonical type field. | 
|  | 1114 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 1115 | if (!vecType->isCanonical()) { | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 |  | 
|  | 1118 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 1119 | VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | ExtVectorType *New = new (*this,8) ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1124 | Types.push_back(New); | 
|  | 1125 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 1126 | } | 
|  | 1127 |  | 
|  | 1128 | /// getFunctionTypeNoProto - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. | 
|  | 1129 | /// | 
|  | 1130 | QualType ASTContext::getFunctionTypeNoProto(QualType ResultTy) { | 
|  | 1131 | // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular | 
|  | 1132 | // structure. | 
|  | 1133 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 1134 | FunctionTypeNoProto::Profile(ID, ResultTy); | 
|  | 1135 |  | 
|  | 1136 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1137 | if (FunctionTypeNoProto *FT = | 
|  | 1138 | FunctionTypeNoProtos.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 1139 | return QualType(FT, 0); | 
|  | 1140 |  | 
|  | 1141 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 1142 | if (!ResultTy->isCanonical()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | Canonical = getFunctionTypeNoProto(getCanonicalType(ResultTy)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 |  | 
|  | 1145 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 1146 | FunctionTypeNoProto *NewIP = | 
|  | 1147 | FunctionTypeNoProtos.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | } | 
|  | 1150 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1151 | FunctionTypeNoProto *New =new(*this,8)FunctionTypeNoProto(ResultTy,Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | Types.push_back(New); | 
| Eli Friedman | aa0fdfd | 2008-02-25 22:11:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | FunctionTypeNoProtos.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1154 | return QualType(New, 0); | 
|  | 1155 | } | 
|  | 1156 |  | 
|  | 1157 | /// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument | 
|  | 1158 | /// list.  isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray, | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 4b269b4 | 2008-10-24 21:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic, | 
|  | 1161 | unsigned TypeQuals) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1162 | // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular | 
|  | 1163 | // structure. | 
|  | 1164 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 4b269b4 | 2008-10-24 21:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | FunctionTypeProto::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic, | 
|  | 1166 | TypeQuals); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 |  | 
|  | 1168 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1169 | if (FunctionTypeProto *FTP = | 
|  | 1170 | FunctionTypeProtos.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
|  | 1171 | return QualType(FTP, 0); | 
|  | 1172 |  | 
|  | 1173 | // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. | 
|  | 1174 | bool isCanonical = ResultTy->isCanonical(); | 
|  | 1175 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) | 
|  | 1176 | if (!ArgArray[i]->isCanonical()) | 
|  | 1177 | isCanonical = false; | 
|  | 1178 |  | 
|  | 1179 | // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. | 
|  | 1180 | QualType Canonical; | 
|  | 1181 | if (!isCanonical) { | 
|  | 1182 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; | 
|  | 1183 | CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); | 
|  | 1184 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalType(ArgArray[i])); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | &CanonicalArgs[0], NumArgs, | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 65b9964 | 2008-10-26 16:43:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | isVariadic, TypeQuals); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 |  | 
|  | 1191 | // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. | 
|  | 1192 | FunctionTypeProto *NewIP = | 
|  | 1193 | FunctionTypeProtos.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
| Chris Lattner | 578a37e | 2008-10-12 00:26:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | } | 
|  | 1196 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | // FunctionTypeProto objects are allocated with extra bytes after them | 
|  | 1198 | // for a variable size array (for parameter types) at the end of them. | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | FunctionTypeProto *FTP = | 
| Steve Naroff | 207b9ec | 2009-01-27 23:20:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1200 | (FunctionTypeProto*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionTypeProto) + | 
|  | 1201 | NumArgs*sizeof(QualType), 8); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | new (FTP) FunctionTypeProto(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic, | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 4b269b4 | 2008-10-24 21:46:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | TypeQuals, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | Types.push_back(FTP); | 
|  | 1205 | FunctionTypeProtos.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1206 | return QualType(FTP, 0); | 
|  | 1207 | } | 
|  | 1208 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | /// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the | 
|  | 1210 | /// specified type declaration. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 46a837c | 2008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) { | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | eeec548 | 2008-10-16 16:50:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1213 | if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1214 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | eeec548 | 2008-10-16 16:50:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl)) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | return getTypedefType(Typedef); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a491877 | 2009-02-05 23:33:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1217 | else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) { | 
|  | 1218 | assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available."); | 
|  | 1219 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl)) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | ea29d1e | 2008-08-07 20:55:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | eeec548 | 2008-10-16 16:50:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | if (PrevDecl) | 
|  | 1224 | Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | else | 
|  | 1226 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this,8) CXXRecordType(CXXRecord); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 46a837c | 2008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | } | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | eeec548 | 2008-10-16 16:50:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1228 | else if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | if (PrevDecl) | 
|  | 1230 | Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | else | 
|  | 1232 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this,8) RecordType(Record); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 46a837c | 2008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | } | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { | 
|  | 1235 | if (PrevDecl) | 
|  | 1236 | Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | else | 
|  | 1238 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this,8) EnumType(Enum); | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1239 | } | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | ea29d1e | 2008-08-07 20:55:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 | assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?"); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | ea29d1e | 2008-08-07 20:55:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 46a837c | 2008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 | if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | ea29d1e | 2008-08-07 20:55:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | } | 
|  | 1246 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1247 | /// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the | 
|  | 1248 | /// specified typename decl. | 
|  | 1249 | QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) { | 
|  | 1250 | if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1251 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this,8) TypedefType(Type::TypeName, Decl, Canonical); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); | 
|  | 1255 | return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1256 | } | 
|  | 1257 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | /// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the | 
| Steve Naroff | 81f1bba | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | /// specified ObjC interface decl. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 81f1bba | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1262 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this,8) ObjCInterfaceType(Type::ObjCInterface, Decl); | 
| Steve Naroff | 81f1bba | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); | 
|  | 1265 | return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1266 | } | 
|  | 1267 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 27ecc67 | 2009-02-14 20:13:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | /// buildObjCInterfaceType - Returns a new type for the interface | 
|  | 1269 | /// declaration, regardless. It also removes any previously built | 
|  | 1270 | /// record declaration so caller can rebuild it. | 
|  | 1271 | QualType ASTContext::buildObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { | 
|  | 1272 | const RecordDecl *&RD = ASTRecordForInterface[Decl]; | 
|  | 1273 | if (RD) | 
|  | 1274 | RD = 0; | 
|  | 1275 | Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this,8) ObjCInterfaceType(Type::ObjCInterface, Decl); | 
|  | 1276 | Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl); | 
|  | 1277 | return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); | 
|  | 1278 | } | 
|  | 1279 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | a491877 | 2009-02-05 23:33:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | /// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template | 
|  | 1281 | /// parameter with the given depth, index, and (optionally) name. | 
|  | 1282 | QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, | 
|  | 1283 | IdentifierInfo *Name) { | 
|  | 1284 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 1285 | TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, Name); | 
|  | 1286 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1287 | TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm | 
|  | 1288 | = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1289 |  | 
|  | 1290 | if (TypeParm) | 
|  | 1291 | return QualType(TypeParm, 0); | 
|  | 1292 |  | 
|  | 1293 | if (Name) | 
|  | 1294 | TypeParm = new (*this, 8) TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, Name, | 
|  | 1295 | getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index)); | 
|  | 1296 | else | 
|  | 1297 | TypeParm = new (*this, 8) TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index); | 
|  | 1298 |  | 
|  | 1299 | Types.push_back(TypeParm); | 
|  | 1300 | TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1301 |  | 
|  | 1302 | return QualType(TypeParm, 0); | 
|  | 1303 | } | 
|  | 1304 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e458f4 | 2009-02-09 18:46:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | QualType | 
|  | 1306 | ASTContext::getClassTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateDecl *Template, | 
|  | 1307 | unsigned NumArgs, | 
|  | 1308 | uintptr_t *Args, bool *ArgIsType, | 
|  | 1309 | QualType Canon) { | 
|  | 1310 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
|  | 1311 | ClassTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, Template, NumArgs, Args, | 
|  | 1312 | ArgIsType); | 
|  | 1313 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
|  | 1314 | ClassTemplateSpecializationType *Spec | 
|  | 1315 | = ClassTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1316 |  | 
|  | 1317 | if (Spec) | 
|  | 1318 | return QualType(Spec, 0); | 
|  | 1319 |  | 
|  | 1320 | void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ClassTemplateSpecializationType) + | 
|  | 1321 | (sizeof(uintptr_t) * | 
|  | 1322 | (ClassTemplateSpecializationType:: | 
|  | 1323 | getNumPackedWords(NumArgs) + | 
|  | 1324 | NumArgs)), 8); | 
|  | 1325 | Spec = new (Mem) ClassTemplateSpecializationType(Template, NumArgs, Args, | 
|  | 1326 | ArgIsType, Canon); | 
|  | 1327 | Types.push_back(Spec); | 
|  | 1328 | ClassTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); | 
|  | 1329 |  | 
|  | 1330 | return QualType(Spec, 0); | 
|  | 1331 | } | 
|  | 1332 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e135230 | 2008-04-07 04:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | /// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols | 
|  | 1334 | /// alphabetically. | 
|  | 1335 | static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, | 
|  | 1336 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 24afd4a | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e135230 | 2008-04-07 04:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | } | 
|  | 1339 |  | 
|  | 1340 | static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **&Protocols, | 
|  | 1341 | unsigned &NumProtocols) { | 
|  | 1342 | ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; | 
|  | 1343 |  | 
|  | 1344 | // Sort protocols, keyed by name. | 
|  | 1345 | std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); | 
|  | 1346 |  | 
|  | 1347 | // Remove duplicates. | 
|  | 1348 | ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); | 
|  | 1349 | NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; | 
|  | 1350 | } | 
|  | 1351 |  | 
|  | 1352 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b0c6a1f | 2008-04-07 04:44:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | /// getObjCQualifiedInterfaceType - Return a ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType type for | 
|  | 1354 | /// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | QualType ASTContext::getObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, | 
|  | 1356 | ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) { | 
| Chris Lattner | e135230 | 2008-04-07 04:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it. | 
|  | 1358 | SortAndUniqueProtocols(Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
|  | 1359 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 91193f6 | 2007-10-11 00:55:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Chris Lattner | 7cdcb25 | 2008-04-07 06:38:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 91193f6 | 2007-10-11 00:55:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 |  | 
|  | 1363 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | if (ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType *QT = | 
|  | 1365 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 91193f6 | 2007-10-11 00:55:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1366 | return QualType(QT, 0); | 
|  | 1367 |  | 
|  | 1368 | // No Match; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType *QType = | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1370 | new (*this,8) ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 91193f6 | 2007-10-11 00:55:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | Types.push_back(QType); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 91193f6 | 2007-10-11 00:55:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | return QualType(QType, 0); | 
|  | 1375 | } | 
|  | 1376 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e135230 | 2008-04-07 04:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | /// getObjCQualifiedIdType - Return an ObjCQualifiedIdType for the 'id' decl | 
|  | 1378 | /// and the conforming protocol list. | 
| Chris Lattner | 4a68fe0 | 2008-07-26 00:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1379 | QualType ASTContext::getObjCQualifiedIdType(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | unsigned NumProtocols) { | 
| Chris Lattner | e135230 | 2008-04-07 04:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it. | 
|  | 1382 | SortAndUniqueProtocols(Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
|  | 1383 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | ObjCQualifiedIdType::Profile(ID, Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 |  | 
|  | 1387 | void *InsertPos = 0; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | if (ObjCQualifiedIdType *QT = | 
| Chris Lattner | 4a68fe0 | 2008-07-26 00:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | ObjCQualifiedIdTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | return QualType(QT, 0); | 
|  | 1391 |  | 
|  | 1392 | // No Match; | 
| Ted Kremenek | c70e7d0 | 2009-01-19 21:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | ObjCQualifiedIdType *QType = | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | new (*this,8) ObjCQualifiedIdType(Protocols, NumProtocols); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | Types.push_back(QType); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | ObjCQualifiedIdTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | return QualType(QType, 0); | 
|  | 1398 | } | 
|  | 1399 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 0604dd9 | 2007-08-01 18:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | /// getTypeOfExpr - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique | 
|  | 1401 | /// TypeOfExpr AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, | 
|  | 1402 | /// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different | 
|  | 1403 | /// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates | 
|  | 1404 | /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). | 
| Steve Naroff | 11b649c | 2007-08-01 17:20:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExpr(Expr *tofExpr) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | TypeOfExpr *toe = new (*this,8) TypeOfExpr(tofExpr, Canonical); | 
| Steve Naroff | 0604dd9 | 2007-08-01 18:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | Types.push_back(toe); | 
|  | 1409 | return QualType(toe, 0); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7cbb146 | 2007-07-31 12:34:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | } | 
|  | 1411 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 0604dd9 | 2007-08-01 18:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | /// getTypeOfType -  Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique | 
|  | 1413 | /// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be | 
|  | 1414 | /// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be | 
|  | 1415 | /// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates | 
|  | 1416 | /// on canonical type's (which are always unique). | 
| Steve Naroff | 7cbb146 | 2007-07-31 12:34:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); | 
| Steve Naroff | 93fd211 | 2009-01-27 22:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | TypeOfType *tot = new (*this,8) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); | 
| Steve Naroff | 0604dd9 | 2007-08-01 18:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | Types.push_back(tot); | 
|  | 1421 | return QualType(tot, 0); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7cbb146 | 2007-07-31 12:34:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | } | 
|  | 1423 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | /// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the | 
|  | 1425 | /// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. | 
|  | 1426 | QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(TagDecl *Decl) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | ae8fa03 | 2007-11-26 21:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | assert (Decl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | return getTypeDeclType(Decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | } | 
|  | 1430 |  | 
|  | 1431 | /// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result | 
|  | 1432 | /// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and | 
|  | 1433 | /// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. | 
|  | 1434 | QualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | } | 
|  | 1437 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 2a4e116 | 2008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | /// getWCharType - Return the unique type for "wchar_t" (C99 7.17), the | 
| Eli Friedman | fdd35d7 | 2008-02-12 08:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 | /// width of characters in wide strings, The value is target dependent and | 
|  | 1440 | /// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 2a4e116 | 2008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | QualType ASTContext::getWCharType() const { | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 1ed03e7 | 2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) | 
|  | 1443 | return WCharTy; | 
|  | 1444 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | // FIXME: In C, shouldn't WCharTy just be a typedef of the target's | 
|  | 1446 | // wide-character type? | 
|  | 1447 | return getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); | 
| Eli Friedman | fdd35d7 | 2008-02-12 08:29:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | } | 
|  | 1449 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 1ed03e7 | 2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | /// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". | 
|  | 1451 | /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. | 
|  | 1452 | QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { | 
|  | 1453 | // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? | 
|  | 1454 | return WCharTy; | 
|  | 1455 | } | 
|  | 1456 |  | 
|  | 1457 | /// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". | 
|  | 1458 | /// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. | 
|  | 1459 | QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { | 
|  | 1460 | // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? | 
|  | 1461 | return UnsignedIntTy; | 
|  | 1462 | } | 
|  | 1463 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | /// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?) | 
|  | 1465 | /// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). | 
|  | 1466 | QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | } | 
|  | 1469 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 1471 | //                              Type Operators | 
|  | 1472 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 1473 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 3dae6f4 | 2008-04-06 22:41:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | /// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to | 
|  | 1475 | /// the specified potentially non-canonical type.  The non-canonical version | 
|  | 1476 | /// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types.  Decorators can | 
|  | 1477 | /// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed | 
|  | 1478 | /// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared | 
|  | 1479 | /// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison. | 
|  | 1480 | QualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 1481 | QualType CanType = T.getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 |  | 
|  | 1483 | // If the result has type qualifiers, make sure to canonicalize them as well. | 
|  | 1484 | unsigned TypeQuals = T.getCVRQualifiers() | CanType.getCVRQualifiers(); | 
|  | 1485 | if (TypeQuals == 0) return CanType; | 
|  | 1486 |  | 
|  | 1487 | // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical type of the | 
|  | 1488 | // array with the qualifiers applied to the element type. | 
|  | 1489 | ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType); | 
|  | 1490 | if (!AT) | 
|  | 1491 | return CanType.getQualifiedType(TypeQuals); | 
|  | 1492 |  | 
|  | 1493 | // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it. | 
|  | 1494 | // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays. | 
|  | 1495 | QualType NewEltTy=AT->getElementType().getWithAdditionalQualifiers(TypeQuals); | 
|  | 1496 | NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy); | 
|  | 1497 |  | 
|  | 1498 | if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) | 
|  | 1499 | return getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),CAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1500 | CAT->getIndexTypeQualifier()); | 
|  | 1501 | if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) | 
|  | 1502 | return getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1503 | IAT->getIndexTypeQualifier()); | 
|  | 1504 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT)) | 
|  | 1506 | return getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), | 
|  | 1507 | DSAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1508 | DSAT->getIndexTypeQualifier()); | 
|  | 1509 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT); | 
|  | 1511 | return getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, VAT->getSizeExpr(), | 
|  | 1512 | VAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1513 | VAT->getIndexTypeQualifier()); | 
|  | 1514 | } | 
|  | 1515 |  | 
|  | 1516 |  | 
|  | 1517 | const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 1518 | // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. | 
|  | 1519 | if (T.getCVRQualifiers() == 0) { | 
|  | 1520 | // Handle the common positive case fast. | 
|  | 1521 | if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) | 
|  | 1522 | return AT; | 
|  | 1523 | } | 
|  | 1524 |  | 
|  | 1525 | // Handle the common negative case fast, ignoring CVR qualifiers. | 
|  | 1526 | QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); | 
|  | 1527 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | // Make sure to look through type qualifiers (like ExtQuals) for the negative | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | // test. | 
|  | 1530 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType) && | 
|  | 1531 | !isa<ArrayType>(CType.getUnqualifiedType())) | 
|  | 1532 | return 0; | 
|  | 1533 |  | 
|  | 1534 | // Apply any CVR qualifiers from the array type to the element type.  This | 
|  | 1535 | // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes | 
|  | 1536 | // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." | 
|  | 1537 |  | 
|  | 1538 | // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have | 
|  | 1539 | // sugar such as a typedef in the way.  If we have type qualifiers on the type | 
|  | 1540 | // we must propagate them down into the elemeng type. | 
|  | 1541 | unsigned CVRQuals = T.getCVRQualifiers(); | 
|  | 1542 | unsigned AddrSpace = 0; | 
|  | 1543 | Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); | 
|  | 1544 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | // Rip through ExtQualType's and typedefs to get to a concrete type. | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | while (1) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | if (const ExtQualType *EXTQT = dyn_cast<ExtQualType>(Ty)) { | 
|  | 1548 | AddrSpace = EXTQT->getAddressSpace(); | 
|  | 1549 | Ty = EXTQT->getBaseType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | } else { | 
|  | 1551 | T = Ty->getDesugaredType(); | 
|  | 1552 | if (T.getTypePtr() == Ty && T.getCVRQualifiers() == 0) | 
|  | 1553 | break; | 
|  | 1554 | CVRQuals |= T.getCVRQualifiers(); | 
|  | 1555 | Ty = T.getTypePtr(); | 
|  | 1556 | } | 
|  | 1557 | } | 
|  | 1558 |  | 
|  | 1559 | // If we have a simple case, just return now. | 
|  | 1560 | const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty); | 
|  | 1561 | if (ATy == 0 || (AddrSpace == 0 && CVRQuals == 0)) | 
|  | 1562 | return ATy; | 
|  | 1563 |  | 
|  | 1564 | // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it.  Push the | 
|  | 1565 | // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. | 
|  | 1566 | // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it. | 
|  | 1567 | // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays. | 
|  | 1568 | QualType NewEltTy = ATy->getElementType(); | 
|  | 1569 | if (AddrSpace) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b60352a | 2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | NewEltTy = getAddrSpaceQualType(NewEltTy, AddrSpace); | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | NewEltTy = NewEltTy.getWithAdditionalQualifiers(CVRQuals); | 
|  | 1572 |  | 
|  | 1573 | if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) | 
|  | 1574 | return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), | 
|  | 1575 | CAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1576 | CAT->getIndexTypeQualifier())); | 
|  | 1577 | if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) | 
|  | 1578 | return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, | 
|  | 1579 | IAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1580 | IAT->getIndexTypeQualifier())); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT | 
|  | 1583 | = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) | 
|  | 1584 | return cast<ArrayType>( | 
|  | 1585 | getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, | 
|  | 1586 | DSAT->getSizeExpr(), | 
|  | 1587 | DSAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1588 | DSAT->getIndexTypeQualifier())); | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); | 
|  | 1591 | return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, VAT->getSizeExpr(), | 
|  | 1592 | VAT->getSizeModifier(), | 
|  | 1593 | VAT->getIndexTypeQualifier())); | 
| Chris Lattner | 3dae6f4 | 2008-04-06 22:41:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | } | 
|  | 1595 |  | 
|  | 1596 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | /// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the | 
|  | 1598 | /// specified array type to a pointer.  This operation is non-trivial when | 
|  | 1599 | /// handling typedefs etc.  The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, | 
|  | 1600 | /// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. | 
|  | 1601 | /// | 
|  | 1602 | /// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. | 
|  | 1603 | QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) { | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any | 
|  | 1605 | // typedefs in the element type of the array.  This also handles propagation | 
|  | 1606 | // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present | 
|  | 1607 | // (C99 6.7.3p8). | 
|  | 1608 | const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); | 
|  | 1609 | assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1611 | QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 |  | 
|  | 1613 | // int x[restrict 4] ->  int *restrict | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | return PtrTy.getQualifiedType(PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifier()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1615 | } | 
|  | 1616 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4a0b75c | 2009-01-05 22:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const VariableArrayType *VAT) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 76d19c8 | 2008-12-21 03:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | QualType ElemTy = VAT->getElementType(); | 
|  | 1619 |  | 
|  | 1620 | if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ElemTy)) | 
|  | 1621 | return getBaseElementType(VAT); | 
|  | 1622 |  | 
|  | 1623 | return ElemTy; | 
|  | 1624 | } | 
|  | 1625 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | /// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. | 
|  | 1627 | /// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. | 
| Chris Lattner | d7135b4 | 2008-04-06 23:38:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAsComplexType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | d7135b4 | 2008-04-06 23:38:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 4a0b75c | 2009-01-05 22:14:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | assert(T->getAsBuiltinType() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 2a72bb3 | 2008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | switch (T->getAsBuiltinType()->getKind()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d7135b4 | 2008-04-06 23:38:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | case BuiltinType::Float:      return FloatRank; | 
|  | 1636 | case BuiltinType::Double:     return DoubleRank; | 
|  | 1637 | case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; | 
|  | 1638 | } | 
|  | 1639 | } | 
|  | 1640 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | fa0c453 | 2007-08-27 01:41:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | /// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating | 
|  | 1642 | /// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). | 
|  | 1643 | /// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. | 
|  | 1644 | /// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 7794ae2 | 2008-04-06 23:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, | 
|  | 1646 | QualType Domain) const { | 
|  | 1647 | FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); | 
|  | 1648 | if (Domain->isComplexType()) { | 
|  | 1649 | switch (EltRank) { | 
| Steve Naroff | fa0c453 | 2007-08-27 01:41:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 3cf497f | 2007-08-27 01:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | case FloatRank:      return FloatComplexTy; | 
|  | 1652 | case DoubleRank:     return DoubleComplexTy; | 
|  | 1653 | case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; | 
|  | 1654 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 7794ae2 | 2008-04-06 23:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 |  | 
|  | 1657 | assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); | 
|  | 1658 | switch (EltRank) { | 
|  | 1659 | default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); | 
|  | 1660 | case FloatRank:      return FloatTy; | 
|  | 1661 | case DoubleRank:     return DoubleTy; | 
|  | 1662 | case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; | 
| Steve Naroff | 3cf497f | 2007-08-27 01:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | } | 
|  | 1665 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | /// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating | 
|  | 1667 | /// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == | 
|  | 1668 | /// '_Complex double').  If LHS > RHS, return 1.  If LHS == RHS, return 0. If | 
|  | 1669 | /// LHS < RHS, return -1. | 
| Chris Lattner | d7135b4 | 2008-04-06 23:38:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { | 
|  | 1671 | FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); | 
|  | 1672 | FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); | 
|  | 1673 |  | 
|  | 1674 | if (LHSR == RHSR) | 
| Steve Naroff | 45fc982 | 2007-08-27 15:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | return 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | d7135b4 | 2008-04-06 23:38:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | if (LHSR > RHSR) | 
| Steve Naroff | 45fc982 | 2007-08-27 15:30:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | return 1; | 
|  | 1678 | return -1; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | } | 
|  | 1680 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | /// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This | 
|  | 1682 | /// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, | 
|  | 1683 | /// or if it is not canonicalized. | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | assert(T->isCanonical() && "T should be canonicalized"); | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) | 
|  | 1687 | T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr(); | 
|  | 1688 |  | 
|  | 1689 | // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and | 
|  | 1690 | // the ordering of builtins.  The builtin ordering is encoded in the | 
|  | 1691 | // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that. | 
|  | 1692 | if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) { | 
|  | 1693 | return FWIT->getWidth() << 3; | 
|  | 1694 | } | 
|  | 1695 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); | 
|  | 1698 | case BuiltinType::Bool: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | case BuiltinType::Char_S: | 
|  | 1701 | case BuiltinType::Char_U: | 
|  | 1702 | case BuiltinType::SChar: | 
|  | 1703 | case BuiltinType::UChar: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | case BuiltinType::Short: | 
|  | 1706 | case BuiltinType::UShort: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | case BuiltinType::Int: | 
|  | 1709 | case BuiltinType::UInt: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 | return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 | case BuiltinType::Long: | 
|  | 1712 | case BuiltinType::ULong: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | case BuiltinType::LongLong: | 
|  | 1715 | case BuiltinType::ULongLong: | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1717 | } | 
|  | 1718 | } | 
|  | 1719 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1720 | /// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: | 
|  | 1721 | /// C99 6.3.1.8p1.  If LHS > RHS, return 1.  If LHS == RHS, return 0. If | 
|  | 1722 | /// LHS < RHS, return -1. | 
|  | 1723 | int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1724 | Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); | 
|  | 1725 | Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | 
|  | 1729 | bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); | 
|  | 1732 | unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) {  // Both signed or both unsigned. | 
|  | 1735 | if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; | 
|  | 1736 | return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; | 
|  | 1737 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1738 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 | // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. | 
|  | 1740 | if (LHSUnsigned) { | 
|  | 1741 | // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. | 
|  | 1742 | if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) | 
|  | 1743 | return 1; | 
|  | 1744 |  | 
|  | 1745 | // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it | 
|  | 1746 | // wins.  Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are | 
|  | 1747 | // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. | 
|  | 1748 | return -1; | 
|  | 1749 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | c1b68db | 2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1750 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 51285d8 | 2008-04-06 23:55:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. | 
|  | 1752 | if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) | 
|  | 1753 | return -1; | 
|  | 1754 |  | 
|  | 1755 | // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it | 
|  | 1756 | // wins.  Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are | 
|  | 1757 | // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. | 
|  | 1758 | return 1; | 
| Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 |  | 
|  | 1761 | // getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. | 
|  | 1762 | QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() { | 
|  | 1763 | if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { | 
| Chris Lattner | e465048 | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | CFConstantStringTypeDecl = | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), | 
| Ted Kremenek | 2c98404 | 2008-09-05 01:34:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 | &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); | 
| Anders Carlsson | bb2cf51 | 2007-11-19 00:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 | QualType FieldTypes[4]; | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 |  | 
|  | 1769 | // const int *isa; | 
|  | 1770 | FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const)); | 
| Anders Carlsson | bb2cf51 | 2007-11-19 00:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | // int flags; | 
|  | 1772 | FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | // const char *str; | 
| Anders Carlsson | bb2cf51 | 2007-11-19 00:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const)); | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1775 | // long length; | 
| Anders Carlsson | bb2cf51 | 2007-11-19 00:25:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1776 | FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1777 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 | // Create fields | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1779 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { | 
|  | 1780 | FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, | 
|  | 1781 | SourceLocation(), 0, | 
|  | 1782 | FieldTypes[i], /*BitWidth=*/0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | /*Mutable=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 03b2ad2 | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | } | 
|  | 1786 |  | 
|  | 1787 | CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this); | 
| Anders Carlsson | e7e7aa2 | 2007-08-17 05:31:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | } | 
|  | 1789 |  | 
|  | 1790 | return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); | 
| Gabor Greif | 61ce98c | 2007-09-11 15:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb5b1e8 | 2007-10-11 01:00:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | f58cac7 | 2008-08-30 19:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() | 
|  | 1794 | { | 
|  | 1795 | if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = | 
|  | 1797 | RecordDecl::Create(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(), | 
|  | 1798 | &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState")); | 
|  | 1799 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | f58cac7 | 2008-08-30 19:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | QualType FieldTypes[] = { | 
|  | 1801 | UnsignedLongTy, | 
|  | 1802 | getPointerType(ObjCIdType), | 
|  | 1803 | getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy), | 
|  | 1804 | getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy, | 
|  | 1805 | llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0) | 
|  | 1806 | }; | 
|  | 1807 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { | 
|  | 1809 | FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, | 
|  | 1810 | ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl, | 
|  | 1811 | SourceLocation(), 0, | 
|  | 1812 | FieldTypes[i], /*BitWidth=*/0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | /*Mutable=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 03b2ad2 | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | f58cac7 | 2008-08-30 19:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this); | 
| Anders Carlsson | f58cac7 | 2008-08-30 19:34:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | } | 
|  | 1819 |  | 
|  | 1820 | return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl); | 
|  | 1821 | } | 
|  | 1822 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | e3f0257 | 2007-10-29 06:33:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | // This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: | 
|  | 1824 | // typedef <type> BOOL; | 
| Chris Lattner | cb034cb | 2007-10-30 20:27:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | e3f0257 | 2007-10-29 06:33:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 85fb384 | 2008-11-24 03:52:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) | 
|  | 1828 | return II->isStr("BOOL"); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 |  | 
|  | 1830 | return false; | 
|  | 1831 | } | 
|  | 1832 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | /// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | /// purpose. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 |  | 
|  | 1838 | // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int | 
|  | 1839 | if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy)); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. | 
|  | 1842 | else if (type->isArrayType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); | 
|  | 1844 | return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1845 | } | 
|  | 1846 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 | /// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | /// declaration. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, | 
| Chris Lattner | ae43029 | 2008-11-19 07:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | std::string& S) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | // FIXME: This is not very efficient. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 65e7eb5 | 2007-11-01 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 | // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 | getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | // Encode result type. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c9197cd | 2008-10-17 20:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1856 | // Compute size of all parameters. | 
|  | 1857 | // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. | 
|  | 1858 | // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! | 
|  | 1859 | SourceLocation Loc; | 
| Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for | 
|  | 1862 | // their size. | 
|  | 1863 | int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5c6b2c6 | 2009-02-20 18:43:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), | 
|  | 1865 | E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { | 
|  | 1866 | QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); | 
|  | 1867 | int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | ParmOffset += sz; | 
|  | 1870 | } | 
|  | 1871 | S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset); | 
|  | 1872 | S += "@0:"; | 
|  | 1873 | S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize); | 
|  | 1874 |  | 
|  | 1875 | // Argument types. | 
|  | 1876 | ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5c6b2c6 | 2009-02-20 18:43:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), | 
|  | 1878 | E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { | 
|  | 1879 | ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e26cb43 | 2008-12-20 23:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); | 
|  | 1881 | if (const ArrayType *AT = | 
|  | 1882 | dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) | 
|  | 1883 | // Use array's original type only if it has known number of | 
|  | 1884 | // elements. | 
|  | 1885 | if (!dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) | 
|  | 1886 | PType = PVDecl->getType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 65e7eb5 | 2007-11-01 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | // 'in', 'inout', etc. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e26cb43 | 2008-12-20 23:29:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c9197cd | 2008-10-17 20:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c81f316 | 2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | } | 
|  | 1894 | } | 
|  | 1895 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | /// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 501ef5c | 2009-01-20 20:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | /// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | /// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be | 
|  | 1899 | /// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 501ef5c | 2009-01-20 20:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | /// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple | 
|  | 1901 | /// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The | 
|  | 1902 | /// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are | 
|  | 1903 | /// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types | 
|  | 1904 | /// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode | 
|  | 1905 | /// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: | 
|  | 1906 | /// @code | 
|  | 1907 | /// enum PropertyAttributes { | 
|  | 1908 | /// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R',   // property is read-only. | 
|  | 1909 | /// kPropertyBycopy = 'C',     // property is a copy of the value last assigned | 
|  | 1910 | /// kPropertyByref = '&',  // property is a reference to the value last assigned | 
|  | 1911 | /// kPropertyDynamic = 'D',    // property is dynamic | 
|  | 1912 | /// kPropertyGetter = 'G',     // followed by getter selector name | 
|  | 1913 | /// kPropertySetter = 'S',     // followed by setter selector name | 
|  | 1914 | /// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V'  // followed by instance variable  name | 
|  | 1915 | /// kPropertyType = 't'              // followed by old-style type encoding. | 
|  | 1916 | /// kPropertyWeak = 'W'              // 'weak' property | 
|  | 1917 | /// kPropertyStrong = 'P'            // property GC'able | 
|  | 1918 | /// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N'         // property non-atomic | 
|  | 1919 | /// }; | 
|  | 1920 | /// @endcode | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, | 
|  | 1922 | const Decl *Container, | 
| Chris Lattner | ae43029 | 2008-11-19 07:24:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | std::string& S) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). | 
|  | 1925 | bool Dynamic = false; | 
|  | 1926 | ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; | 
|  | 1927 |  | 
|  | 1928 | // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. | 
|  | 1929 | if (Container) { | 
|  | 1930 | if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = | 
|  | 1931 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { | 
|  | 1932 | for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator | 
|  | 1933 | i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 1934 | ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; | 
|  | 1935 | if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { | 
|  | 1936 | if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { | 
|  | 1937 | Dynamic = true; | 
|  | 1938 | } else { | 
|  | 1939 | SynthesizePID = PID; | 
|  | 1940 | } | 
|  | 1941 | } | 
|  | 1942 | } | 
|  | 1943 | } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator | 
|  | 1946 | i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); i != e; ++i) { | 
|  | 1947 | ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; | 
|  | 1948 | if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { | 
|  | 1949 | if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { | 
|  | 1950 | Dynamic = true; | 
|  | 1951 | } else { | 
|  | 1952 | SynthesizePID = PID; | 
|  | 1953 | } | 
|  | 1954 | } | 
|  | 1955 | } | 
|  | 1956 | } | 
|  | 1957 | } | 
|  | 1958 |  | 
|  | 1959 | // FIXME: This is not very efficient. | 
|  | 1960 | S = "T"; | 
|  | 1961 |  | 
|  | 1962 | // Encode result type. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which | 
|  | 1964 | // closely resembles encoding of ivars. | 
|  | 1965 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, NULL, | 
|  | 1966 | true /* outermost type */, | 
|  | 1967 | true /* encoding for property */); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 |  | 
|  | 1969 | if (PD->isReadOnly()) { | 
|  | 1970 | S += ",R"; | 
|  | 1971 | } else { | 
|  | 1972 | switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { | 
|  | 1973 | case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; | 
|  | 1974 | case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy:   S += ",C"; break; | 
|  | 1975 | case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; | 
|  | 1976 | } | 
|  | 1977 | } | 
|  | 1978 |  | 
|  | 1979 | // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties | 
|  | 1980 | // are "dynamic by default". | 
|  | 1981 | if (Dynamic) | 
|  | 1982 | S += ",D"; | 
|  | 1983 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) | 
|  | 1985 | S += ",N"; | 
|  | 1986 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { | 
|  | 1988 | S += ",G"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3a8f294 | 2008-11-24 03:33:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | } | 
|  | 1991 |  | 
|  | 1992 | if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { | 
|  | 1993 | S += ",S"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3a8f294 | 2008-11-24 03:33:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | } | 
|  | 1996 |  | 
|  | 1997 | if (SynthesizePID) { | 
|  | 1998 | const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); | 
|  | 1999 | S += ",V"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 6c5ec62 | 2008-11-24 04:00:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | S += OID->getNameAsString(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 698d6f3 | 2008-08-28 04:38:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | } | 
|  | 2002 |  | 
|  | 2003 | // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong | 
|  | 2004 | } | 
|  | 2005 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2006 | /// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - | 
|  | 2007 | /// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8915595 | 2009-02-11 23:59:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2008 | /// 'l' or 'L' , but not always.  For typedefs, we need to use | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2009 | /// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! | 
|  | 2010 | /// | 
|  | 2011 | void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { | 
|  | 2012 | if (dyn_cast<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { | 
|  | 2013 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAsBuiltinType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8915595 | 2009-02-11 23:59:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && | 
|  | 2015 | ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8915595 | 2009-02-11 23:59:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | else | 
|  | 2018 | if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && | 
|  | 2019 | ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | PointeeTy = IntTy; | 
|  | 2021 | } | 
|  | 2022 | } | 
|  | 2023 | } | 
|  | 2024 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 248db26 | 2008-01-22 22:44:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | FieldDecl *Field) const { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | f8cfe56 | 2008-10-17 07:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are | 
|  | 2028 | // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that | 
|  | 2029 | // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the | 
|  | 2030 | // same type. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89ed86b | 2008-12-22 23:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, | 
|  | 2032 | true /* outermost type */); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | f8cfe56 | 2008-10-17 07:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | } | 
|  | 2034 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d136195 | 2009-01-13 01:18:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S, | 
|  | 2036 | FieldDecl *FD) { | 
|  | 2037 | const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth(); | 
|  | 2038 | assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); | 
|  | 2039 | ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context); | 
|  | 2040 | unsigned N = E->getIntegerConstantExprValue(*Ctx).getZExtValue(); | 
|  | 2041 | S += 'b'; | 
|  | 2042 | S += llvm::utostr(N); | 
|  | 2043 | } | 
|  | 2044 |  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | f8cfe56 | 2008-10-17 07:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, | 
|  | 2046 | bool ExpandPointedToStructures, | 
|  | 2047 | bool ExpandStructures, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89ed86b | 2008-12-22 23:22:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | FieldDecl *FD, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | bool OutermostType, | 
|  | 2050 | bool EncodingProperty) const { | 
| Anders Carlsson | e3f0257 | 2007-10-29 06:33:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAsBuiltinType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | if (FD && FD->isBitField()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d136195 | 2009-01-13 01:18:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | EncodeBitField(this, S, FD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | else { | 
|  | 2056 | char encoding; | 
|  | 2057 | switch (BT->getKind()) { | 
|  | 2058 | default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind"); | 
|  | 2059 | case BuiltinType::Void:       encoding = 'v'; break; | 
|  | 2060 | case BuiltinType::Bool:       encoding = 'B'; break; | 
|  | 2061 | case BuiltinType::Char_U: | 
|  | 2062 | case BuiltinType::UChar:      encoding = 'C'; break; | 
|  | 2063 | case BuiltinType::UShort:     encoding = 'S'; break; | 
|  | 2064 | case BuiltinType::UInt:       encoding = 'I'; break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | ebd9575 | 2009-02-11 22:31:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | case BuiltinType::ULong: | 
|  | 2066 | encoding = | 
|  | 2067 | (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; | 
|  | 2068 | break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | case BuiltinType::ULongLong:  encoding = 'Q'; break; | 
|  | 2070 | case BuiltinType::Char_S: | 
|  | 2071 | case BuiltinType::SChar:      encoding = 'c'; break; | 
|  | 2072 | case BuiltinType::Short:      encoding = 's'; break; | 
|  | 2073 | case BuiltinType::Int:        encoding = 'i'; break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | ebd9575 | 2009-02-11 22:31:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | case BuiltinType::Long: | 
|  | 2075 | encoding = | 
|  | 2076 | (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; | 
|  | 2077 | break; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | case BuiltinType::LongLong:   encoding = 'q'; break; | 
|  | 2079 | case BuiltinType::Float:      encoding = 'f'; break; | 
|  | 2080 | case BuiltinType::Double:     encoding = 'd'; break; | 
|  | 2081 | case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break; | 
|  | 2082 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | S += encoding; | 
|  | 2085 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | } | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | else if (T->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, | 
|  | 2089 | ExpandPointedToStructures, | 
|  | 2090 | ExpandStructures, FD); | 
|  | 2091 | if (FD || EncodingProperty) { | 
|  | 2092 | // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list | 
|  | 2093 | // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. | 
|  | 2094 | const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIDT = T->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); | 
|  | 2095 | S += '"'; | 
|  | 2096 | for (unsigned i =0; i < QIDT->getNumProtocols(); i++) { | 
|  | 2097 | ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = QIDT->getProtocols(i); | 
|  | 2098 | S += '<'; | 
|  | 2099 | S += Proto->getNameAsString(); | 
|  | 2100 | S += '>'; | 
|  | 2101 | } | 
|  | 2102 | S += '"'; | 
|  | 2103 | } | 
|  | 2104 | return; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e76e841 | 2007-12-17 21:03:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | } | 
|  | 2106 | else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAsPointerType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | bool isReadOnly = false; | 
|  | 2109 | // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the | 
|  | 2110 | // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'.  The read-only qualifier of | 
|  | 2111 | // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! | 
|  | 2112 | // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! | 
|  | 2113 | if (dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { | 
|  | 2114 | if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { | 
|  | 2115 | isReadOnly = true; | 
|  | 2116 | S += 'r'; | 
|  | 2117 | } | 
|  | 2118 | } | 
|  | 2119 | else if (OutermostType) { | 
|  | 2120 | QualType P = PointeeTy; | 
|  | 2121 | while (P->getAsPointerType()) | 
|  | 2122 | P = P->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2123 | if (P.isConstQualified()) { | 
|  | 2124 | isReadOnly = true; | 
|  | 2125 | S += 'r'; | 
|  | 2126 | } | 
|  | 2127 | } | 
|  | 2128 | if (isReadOnly) { | 
|  | 2129 | // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type | 
|  | 2130 | // combinations need to be rearranged. | 
|  | 2131 | // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" | 
|  | 2132 | const char * s = S.c_str(); | 
|  | 2133 | int len = S.length(); | 
|  | 2134 | if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') { | 
|  | 2135 | std::string replace = "rn"; | 
|  | 2136 | S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace); | 
|  | 2137 | } | 
|  | 2138 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | if (isObjCIdStructType(PointeeTy)) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 80faffa | 2007-10-30 17:06:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | S += '@'; | 
|  | 2141 | return; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c867947 | 2008-12-19 00:14:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | } | 
|  | 2143 | else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9467504 | 2009-02-16 21:41:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | if (!EncodingProperty && | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 6bc0f2d | 2009-02-16 22:09:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d3498aa | 2008-12-23 21:30:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | // Another historical/compatibility reason. | 
|  | 2147 | // We encode the underlying type which comes out as | 
|  | 2148 | // {...}; | 
|  | 2149 | S += '^'; | 
|  | 2150 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, | 
|  | 2151 | false, ExpandPointedToStructures, | 
|  | 2152 | NULL); | 
|  | 2153 | return; | 
|  | 2154 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c867947 | 2008-12-19 00:14:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2155 | S += '@'; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | if (FD || EncodingProperty) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c69da27 | 2009-02-21 18:23:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = | 
|  | 2158 | PointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 320ac42 | 2008-12-20 19:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | S += '"'; | 
|  | 2161 | S += OI->getNameAsCString(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 892d5db | 2009-01-20 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | for (unsigned i =0; i < OIT->getNumProtocols(); i++) { | 
|  | 2163 | ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = OIT->getProtocol(i); | 
|  | 2164 | S += '<'; | 
|  | 2165 | S += Proto->getNameAsString(); | 
|  | 2166 | S += '>'; | 
|  | 2167 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 320ac42 | 2008-12-20 19:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | S += '"'; | 
|  | 2169 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c867947 | 2008-12-19 00:14:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | return; | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | } else if (isObjCClassStructType(PointeeTy)) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7f23e3d | 2007-10-31 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | S += '#'; | 
|  | 2173 | return; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | } else if (isObjCSelType(PointeeTy)) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7f23e3d | 2007-10-31 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | S += ':'; | 
|  | 2176 | return; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 80faffa | 2007-10-30 17:06:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 |  | 
|  | 2179 | if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { | 
|  | 2180 | // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a | 
|  | 2181 | // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. | 
| Anders Carlsson | e3f0257 | 2007-10-29 06:33:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | S += '*'; | 
|  | 2184 | return; | 
|  | 2185 | } | 
|  | 2186 | } | 
|  | 2187 |  | 
|  | 2188 | S += '^'; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); | 
|  | 2190 |  | 
|  | 2191 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | false, ExpandPointedToStructures, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | NULL); | 
| Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | } else if (const ArrayType *AT = | 
|  | 2195 | // Ignore type qualifiers etc. | 
|  | 2196 | dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 858c64d | 2009-02-22 01:38:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { | 
|  | 2198 | // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. | 
|  | 2199 | S += '^'; | 
|  | 2200 |  | 
|  | 2201 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, | 
|  | 2202 | false, ExpandStructures, FD); | 
|  | 2203 | } else { | 
|  | 2204 | S += '['; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 858c64d | 2009-02-22 01:38:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) | 
|  | 2207 | S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); | 
|  | 2208 | else { | 
|  | 2209 | //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. | 
|  | 2210 | assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!"); | 
|  | 2211 | S += '0'; | 
|  | 2212 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 858c64d | 2009-02-22 01:38:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, | 
|  | 2215 | false, ExpandStructures, FD); | 
|  | 2216 | S += ']'; | 
|  | 2217 | } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 5695bb7 | 2007-10-30 00:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | } else if (T->getAsFunctionType()) { | 
|  | 2219 | S += '?'; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c8ba2bd | 2007-11-13 23:21:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | } else if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAsRecordType()) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | f8cfe56 | 2008-10-17 07:30:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2222 | S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 146b2d0 | 2008-10-17 06:22:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | // Anonymous structures print as '?' | 
|  | 2224 | if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { | 
|  | 2225 | S += II->getName(); | 
|  | 2226 | } else { | 
|  | 2227 | S += '?'; | 
|  | 2228 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c9197cd | 2008-10-17 20:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | if (ExpandStructures) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 248db26 | 2008-01-22 22:44:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | S += '='; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), | 
|  | 2232 | FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); | 
|  | 2233 | Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | if (FD) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | S += '"'; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2236 | S += Field->getNameAsString(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2237 | S += '"'; | 
|  | 2238 | } | 
|  | 2239 |  | 
|  | 2240 | // Special case bit-fields. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | if (Field->isBitField()) { | 
|  | 2242 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, | 
|  | 2243 | (*Field)); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | } else { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e07d9ec | 2008-12-23 19:56:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | QualType qt = Field->getType(); | 
|  | 2246 | getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); | 
|  | 2247 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | FD); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 248db26 | 2008-01-22 22:44:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2250 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c8ba2bd | 2007-11-13 23:21:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | aa91310 | 2008-10-17 16:17:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; | 
| Steve Naroff | 49af3f3 | 2007-12-12 22:30:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | } else if (T->isEnumeralType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d136195 | 2009-01-13 01:18:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | if (FD && FD->isBitField()) | 
|  | 2255 | EncodeBitField(this, S, FD); | 
|  | 2256 | else | 
|  | 2257 | S += 'i'; | 
| Steve Naroff | 62f09f5 | 2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | } else if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 725e066 | 2009-02-02 18:24:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 0cd547f | 2008-12-19 23:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | } else if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
|  | 2261 | // @encode(class_name) | 
|  | 2262 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->getAsObjCInterfaceType()->getDecl(); | 
|  | 2263 | S += '{'; | 
|  | 2264 | const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); | 
|  | 2265 | S += II->getName(); | 
|  | 2266 | S += '='; | 
|  | 2267 | std::vector<FieldDecl*> RecFields; | 
|  | 2268 | CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields); | 
|  | 2269 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i != RecFields.size(); i++) { | 
|  | 2270 | if (RecFields[i]->isBitField()) | 
|  | 2271 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true, | 
|  | 2272 | RecFields[i]); | 
|  | 2273 | else | 
|  | 2274 | getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true, | 
|  | 2275 | FD); | 
|  | 2276 | } | 
|  | 2277 | S += '}'; | 
|  | 2278 | } | 
|  | 2279 | else | 
| Steve Naroff | 53b6f4c | 2008-01-30 19:17:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!"); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 36f07d8 | 2007-10-29 05:01:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | } | 
|  | 2282 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 65e7eb5 | 2007-11-01 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | std::string& S) const { | 
|  | 2285 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) | 
|  | 2286 | S += 'n'; | 
|  | 2287 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) | 
|  | 2288 | S += 'N'; | 
|  | 2289 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) | 
|  | 2290 | S += 'o'; | 
|  | 2291 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) | 
|  | 2292 | S += 'O'; | 
|  | 2293 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) | 
|  | 2294 | S += 'R'; | 
|  | 2295 | if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) | 
|  | 2296 | S += 'V'; | 
|  | 2297 | } | 
|  | 2298 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | fb5b1e8 | 2007-10-11 01:00:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) | 
|  | 2300 | { | 
|  | 2301 | assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!"); | 
|  | 2302 |  | 
|  | 2303 | BuiltinVaListType = T; | 
|  | 2304 | } | 
|  | 2305 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(TypedefDecl *TD) | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | ObjCIdType = getTypedefType(TD); | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 |  | 
|  | 2310 | // typedef struct objc_object *id; | 
|  | 2311 | const PointerType *ptr = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsPointerType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | // User error - caller will issue diagnostics. | 
|  | 2313 | if (!ptr) | 
|  | 2314 | return; | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | const RecordType *rec = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAsStructureType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | // User error - caller will issue diagnostics. | 
|  | 2317 | if (!rec) | 
|  | 2318 | return; | 
| Steve Naroff | 9d12c90 | 2007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | IdStructType = rec; | 
|  | 2320 | } | 
|  | 2321 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(TypedefDecl *TD) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f807c20 | 2007-10-16 20:40:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | ObjCSelType = getTypedefType(TD); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f807c20 | 2007-10-16 20:40:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 |  | 
|  | 2326 | // typedef struct objc_selector *SEL; | 
|  | 2327 | const PointerType *ptr = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsPointerType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | if (!ptr) | 
|  | 2329 | return; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f807c20 | 2007-10-16 20:40:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | const RecordType *rec = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAsStructureType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | if (!rec) | 
|  | 2332 | return; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f807c20 | 2007-10-16 20:40:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | SelStructType = rec; | 
|  | 2334 | } | 
|  | 2335 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b391e6e | 2007-10-17 16:58:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | ObjCProtoType = QT; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b391e6e | 2007-10-17 16:58:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | } | 
|  | 2340 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(TypedefDecl *TD) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7f23e3d | 2007-10-31 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | ObjCClassType = getTypedefType(TD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7f23e3d | 2007-10-31 02:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 |  | 
|  | 2345 | // typedef struct objc_class *Class; | 
|  | 2346 | const PointerType *ptr = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsPointerType(); | 
|  | 2347 | assert(ptr && "'Class' incorrectly typed"); | 
|  | 2348 | const RecordType *rec = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAsStructureType(); | 
|  | 2349 | assert(rec && "'Class' incorrectly typed"); | 
|  | 2350 | ClassStructType = rec; | 
|  | 2351 | } | 
|  | 2352 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { | 
|  | 2354 | assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && | 
| Steve Naroff | f2e3031 | 2007-10-15 23:35:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); | 
|  | 2356 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); | 
| Steve Naroff | f2e3031 | 2007-10-15 23:35:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2358 | } | 
|  | 2359 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | /// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by | 
| Douglas Gregor | bb66b41 | 2008-11-03 15:57:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | /// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type | 
|  | 2362 | /// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. | 
|  | 2363 | QualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | switch (Type) { | 
|  | 2365 | case TargetInfo::NoInt: return QualType(); | 
|  | 2366 | case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; | 
|  | 2367 | case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; | 
|  | 2368 | case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; | 
|  | 2369 | case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; | 
|  | 2370 | case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; | 
|  | 2371 | case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; | 
|  | 2372 | case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; | 
|  | 2373 | case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; | 
|  | 2374 | } | 
|  | 2375 |  | 
|  | 2376 | assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7b0dcc2 | 2008-11-11 01:16:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | return QualType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6507e4 | 2008-11-03 14:12:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | } | 
| Ted Kremenek | 118930e | 2008-07-24 23:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 |  | 
|  | 2380 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 2381 | //                        Type Predicates. | 
|  | 2382 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 2383 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 82f5496 | 2009-01-13 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | /// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using | 
|  | 2385 | /// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type. | 
|  | 2386 | /// FIXME - Make it work directly on types. | 
|  | 2387 | /// | 
|  | 2388 | bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const { | 
|  | 2389 | if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { | 
|  | 2390 | if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl()) | 
|  | 2391 | if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>()) | 
|  | 2392 | return true; | 
|  | 2393 | } | 
|  | 2394 | return false; | 
|  | 2395 | } | 
|  | 2396 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 118930e | 2008-07-24 23:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | /// isObjCObjectPointerType - Returns true if type is an Objective-C pointer | 
|  | 2398 | /// to an object type.  This includes "id" and "Class" (two 'special' pointers | 
|  | 2399 | /// to struct), Interface* (pointer to ObjCInterfaceType) and id<P> (qualified | 
|  | 2400 | /// ID type). | 
|  | 2401 | bool ASTContext::isObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Ty) const { | 
| Steve Naroff | 6805fc4 | 2009-02-23 18:36:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2402 | if (Ty->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | 
| Ted Kremenek | 118930e | 2008-07-24 23:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | return true; | 
|  | 2404 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | d9e0080 | 2008-10-21 18:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | // Blocks are objects. | 
|  | 2406 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) | 
|  | 2407 | return true; | 
|  | 2408 |  | 
|  | 2409 | // All other object types are pointers. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 118930e | 2008-07-24 23:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | if (!Ty->isPointerType()) | 
|  | 2411 | return false; | 
|  | 2412 |  | 
|  | 2413 | // Check to see if this is 'id' or 'Class', both of which are typedefs for | 
|  | 2414 | // pointer types.  This looks for the typedef specifically, not for the | 
|  | 2415 | // underlying type. | 
|  | 2416 | if (Ty == getObjCIdType() || Ty == getObjCClassType()) | 
|  | 2417 | return true; | 
|  | 2418 |  | 
|  | 2419 | // If this a pointer to an interface (e.g. NSString*), it is ok. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 82f5496 | 2009-01-13 23:34:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | if (Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) | 
|  | 2421 | return true; | 
|  | 2422 |  | 
|  | 2423 | // If is has NSObject attribute, OK as well. | 
|  | 2424 | return isObjCNSObjectType(Ty); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 118930e | 2008-07-24 23:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | } | 
|  | 2426 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b8ca6ff | 2009-02-18 21:49:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | /// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's | 
|  | 2428 | /// garbage collection attribute. | 
|  | 2429 | /// | 
|  | 2430 | QualType::GCAttrTypes ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const { | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | QualType::GCAttrTypes GCAttrs = QualType::GCNone; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b8ca6ff | 2009-02-18 21:49:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && | 
|  | 2433 | getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b8ca6ff | 2009-02-18 21:49:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | bbd4ca9 | 2009-02-19 23:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared | 
|  | 2437 | // as __strong. | 
|  | 2438 | if (GCAttrs == QualType::GCNone) { | 
|  | 2439 | if (isObjCObjectPointerType(Ty)) | 
|  | 2440 | GCAttrs = QualType::Strong; | 
|  | 2441 | else if (Ty->isPointerType()) | 
|  | 2442 | return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()); | 
|  | 2443 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b8ca6ff | 2009-02-18 21:49:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 18b5a9a | 2009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | return GCAttrs; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b8ca6ff | 2009-02-18 21:49:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | } | 
|  | 2447 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ff358b | 2008-04-07 06:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 2449 | //                        Type Compatibility Testing | 
|  | 2450 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Chris Lattner | 5003e8b | 2007-11-01 05:03:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 3454b6c | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2452 | /// typesAreBlockCompatible - This routine is called when comparing two | 
| Steve Naroff | d6163f3 | 2008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | /// block types. Types must be strictly compatible here. For example, | 
|  | 2454 | /// C unfortunately doesn't produce an error for the following: | 
|  | 2455 | /// | 
|  | 2456 | ///   int (*emptyArgFunc)(); | 
|  | 2457 | ///   int (*intArgList)(int) = emptyArgFunc; | 
|  | 2458 | /// | 
|  | 2459 | /// For blocks, we will produce an error for the following (similar to C++): | 
|  | 2460 | /// | 
|  | 2461 | ///   int (^emptyArgBlock)(); | 
|  | 2462 | ///   int (^intArgBlock)(int) = emptyArgBlock; | 
|  | 2463 | /// | 
|  | 2464 | /// FIXME: When the dust settles on this integration, fold this into mergeTypes. | 
|  | 2465 | /// | 
| Steve Naroff | 3454b6c | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 09e1b9e | 2008-12-10 17:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAsFunctionType(); | 
|  | 2468 | const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAsFunctionType(); | 
|  | 2469 | const FunctionTypeProto *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(lbase); | 
|  | 2470 | const FunctionTypeProto *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(rbase); | 
|  | 2471 | if (lproto && rproto) | 
|  | 2472 | return !mergeTypes(lhs, rhs).isNull(); | 
|  | 2473 | return false; | 
| Steve Naroff | 3454b6c | 2008-09-04 15:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | } | 
|  | 2475 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ff358b | 2008-04-07 06:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2476 | /// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are | 
|  | 2477 | /// compatible. | 
|  | 2478 | static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, | 
|  | 2479 | const VectorType *RHS) { | 
|  | 2480 | assert(LHS->isCanonical() && RHS->isCanonical()); | 
|  | 2481 | return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 | LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ff358b | 2008-04-07 06:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | } | 
|  | 2484 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2485 | /// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ff358b | 2008-04-07 06:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | /// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS.  This handles validation of any | 
|  | 2487 | /// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. | 
|  | 2488 | /// | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2489 | bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS, | 
|  | 2490 | const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6ff358b | 2008-04-07 06:51:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2491 | // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of | 
|  | 2492 | // the LHS. | 
|  | 2493 | if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) | 
|  | 2494 | return false; | 
|  | 2495 |  | 
|  | 2496 | // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS.  If the LHS is not | 
|  | 2497 | // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. | 
|  | 2498 | if (!isa<ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType>(LHS)) | 
|  | 2499 | return true; | 
|  | 2500 |  | 
|  | 2501 | // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers.  If the RHS doesn't, then it | 
|  | 2502 | // isn't a superset. | 
|  | 2503 | if (!isa<ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType>(RHS)) | 
|  | 2504 | return true;  // FIXME: should return false! | 
|  | 2505 |  | 
|  | 2506 | // Finally, we must have two protocol-qualified interfaces. | 
|  | 2507 | const ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType *LHSP =cast<ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType>(LHS); | 
|  | 2508 | const ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType *RHSP =cast<ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType>(RHS); | 
|  | 2509 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHSP->qual_begin(); | 
|  | 2510 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPE = LHSP->qual_end(); | 
|  | 2511 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHSP->qual_begin(); | 
|  | 2512 | ObjCQualifiedInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPE = RHSP->qual_end(); | 
|  | 2513 |  | 
|  | 2514 | // All protocols in LHS must have a presence in RHS.  Since the protocol lists | 
|  | 2515 | // are both sorted alphabetically and have no duplicates, we can scan RHS and | 
|  | 2516 | // LHS in a single parallel scan until we run out of elements in LHS. | 
|  | 2517 | assert(LHSPI != LHSPE && "Empty LHS protocol list?"); | 
|  | 2518 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = *LHSPI; | 
|  | 2519 |  | 
|  | 2520 | while (RHSPI != RHSPE) { | 
|  | 2521 | ObjCProtocolDecl *RHSProto = *RHSPI++; | 
|  | 2522 | // If the RHS has a protocol that the LHS doesn't, ignore it. | 
|  | 2523 | if (RHSProto != LHSProto) | 
|  | 2524 | continue; | 
|  | 2525 |  | 
|  | 2526 | // Otherwise, the RHS does have this element. | 
|  | 2527 | ++LHSPI; | 
|  | 2528 | if (LHSPI == LHSPE) | 
|  | 2529 | return true;  // All protocols in LHS exist in RHS. | 
|  | 2530 |  | 
|  | 2531 | LHSProto = *LHSPI; | 
|  | 2532 | } | 
|  | 2533 |  | 
|  | 2534 | // If we got here, we didn't find one of the LHS's protocols in the RHS list. | 
|  | 2535 | return false; | 
|  | 2536 | } | 
|  | 2537 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2538 | bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { | 
|  | 2539 | // get the "pointed to" types | 
|  | 2540 | const PointerType *LHSPT = LHS->getAsPointerType(); | 
|  | 2541 | const PointerType *RHSPT = RHS->getAsPointerType(); | 
|  | 2542 |  | 
|  | 2543 | if (!LHSPT || !RHSPT) | 
|  | 2544 | return false; | 
|  | 2545 |  | 
|  | 2546 | QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2547 | QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2548 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2549 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2550 | // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces | 
|  | 2551 | if (LHSIface && isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) | 
|  | 2552 | return true; | 
|  | 2553 | if (RHSIface && isObjCIdStructType(lhptee)) | 
|  | 2554 | return true; | 
|  | 2555 | if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface) | 
|  | 2556 | return false; | 
|  | 2557 | return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) || | 
|  | 2558 | canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface); | 
|  | 2559 | } | 
|  | 2560 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 85f0dc5 | 2007-10-15 20:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | /// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, | 
|  | 2562 | /// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. | 
|  | 2563 | /// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the | 
|  | 2564 | /// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2565 | bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { | 
|  | 2566 | return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull(); | 
|  | 2567 | } | 
|  | 2568 |  | 
|  | 2569 | QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { | 
|  | 2570 | const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAsFunctionType(); | 
|  | 2571 | const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAsFunctionType(); | 
|  | 2572 | const FunctionTypeProto *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(lbase); | 
|  | 2573 | const FunctionTypeProto *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(rbase); | 
|  | 2574 | bool allLTypes = true; | 
|  | 2575 | bool allRTypes = true; | 
|  | 2576 |  | 
|  | 2577 | // Check return type | 
|  | 2578 | QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType()); | 
|  | 2579 | if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType())) | 
|  | 2581 | allLTypes = false; | 
|  | 2582 | if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType())) | 
|  | 2583 | allRTypes = false; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 |  | 
|  | 2585 | if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes | 
|  | 2586 | unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); | 
|  | 2587 | unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); | 
|  | 2588 |  | 
|  | 2589 | // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments | 
|  | 2590 | if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) | 
|  | 2591 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2592 |  | 
|  | 2593 | // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible | 
|  | 2594 | if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) | 
|  | 2595 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2596 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 65b9964 | 2008-10-26 16:43:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) | 
|  | 2598 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2599 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | // Check argument compatibility | 
|  | 2601 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; | 
|  | 2602 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { | 
|  | 2603 | QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); | 
|  | 2604 | QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); | 
|  | 2605 | QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype); | 
|  | 2606 | if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); | 
|  | 2607 | types.push_back(argtype); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) | 
|  | 2609 | allLTypes = false; | 
|  | 2610 | if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) | 
|  | 2611 | allRTypes = false; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | } | 
|  | 2613 | if (allLTypes) return lhs; | 
|  | 2614 | if (allRTypes) return rhs; | 
|  | 2615 | return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 65b9964 | 2008-10-26 16:43:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2616 | lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals()); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | } | 
|  | 2618 |  | 
|  | 2619 | if (lproto) allRTypes = false; | 
|  | 2620 | if (rproto) allLTypes = false; | 
|  | 2621 |  | 
|  | 2622 | const FunctionTypeProto *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; | 
|  | 2623 | if (proto) { | 
|  | 2624 | if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); | 
|  | 2625 | // Check that the types are compatible with the types that | 
|  | 2626 | // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). | 
|  | 2627 | // The only types actually affected are promotable integer | 
|  | 2628 | // types and floats, which would be passed as a different | 
|  | 2629 | // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. | 
|  | 2630 | unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); | 
|  | 2631 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { | 
|  | 2632 | QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); | 
|  | 2633 | if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || | 
|  | 2634 | getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) | 
|  | 2635 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2636 | } | 
|  | 2637 |  | 
|  | 2638 | if (allLTypes) return lhs; | 
|  | 2639 | if (allRTypes) return rhs; | 
|  | 2640 | return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | 65b9964 | 2008-10-26 16:43:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | proto->getNumArgs(), lproto->isVariadic(), | 
|  | 2642 | lproto->getTypeQuals()); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | } | 
|  | 2644 |  | 
|  | 2645 | if (allLTypes) return lhs; | 
|  | 2646 | if (allRTypes) return rhs; | 
|  | 2647 | return getFunctionTypeNoProto(retType); | 
|  | 2648 | } | 
|  | 2649 |  | 
|  | 2650 | QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { | 
| Bill Wendling | 6a9d854 | 2007-12-03 07:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the | 
|  | 2652 | // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression | 
|  | 2653 | // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the | 
|  | 2654 | // expression is an lvalue. | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2655 | // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here!  The rules are different | 
|  | 2656 | // enough that they should be handled separately. | 
|  | 2657 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAsReferenceType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 855fed4 | 2008-04-07 04:07:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | LHS = RT->getPointeeType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAsReferenceType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 855fed4 | 2008-04-07 04:07:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | RHS = RT->getPointeeType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | d47d604 | 2008-04-07 05:37:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), | 
|  | 2663 | RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); | 
|  | 2664 |  | 
|  | 2665 | // If two types are identical, they are compatible. | 
|  | 2666 | if (LHSCan == RHSCan) | 
|  | 2667 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2668 |  | 
|  | 2669 | // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible | 
|  | 2670 | if (LHSCan.getCVRQualifiers() != RHSCan.getCVRQualifiers() || | 
|  | 2671 | LHSCan.getAddressSpace() != RHSCan.getAddressSpace()) | 
|  | 2672 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2673 |  | 
|  | 2674 | Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); | 
|  | 2675 | Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); | 
|  | 2676 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these | 
|  | 2678 | // comparisons, just force one to the other. | 
|  | 2679 | if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; | 
|  | 2680 | if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; | 
| Eli Friedman | 398837e | 2008-02-12 08:23:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 |  | 
|  | 2682 | // Same as above for arrays | 
| Chris Lattner | b5709e2 | 2008-04-07 05:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) | 
|  | 2684 | LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; | 
|  | 2685 | if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) | 
|  | 2686 | RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; | 
| Steve Naroff | 85f0dc5 | 2007-10-15 20:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 |  | 
| Nate Begeman | af6ed50 | 2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. | 
|  | 2689 | if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; | 
|  | 2690 | if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; | 
| Chris Lattner | b5709e2 | 2008-04-07 05:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 7cdcb25 | 2008-04-07 06:38:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | // Consider qualified interfaces and interfaces the same. | 
|  | 2693 | if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCQualifiedInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCInterface; | 
|  | 2694 | if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCQualifiedInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCInterface; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b5709e2 | 2008-04-07 05:43:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | // If the canonical type classes don't match. | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 0bbc135 | 2009-02-21 16:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2699 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2700 |  | 
|  | 2701 | // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces | 
|  | 2702 | if (LHSIface && isObjCIdStructType(RHS)) | 
|  | 2703 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2704 | if (RHSIface && isObjCIdStructType(LHS)) | 
|  | 2705 | return RHS; | 
|  | 2706 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 28ceff7 | 2008-12-10 22:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | // ID is compatible with all qualified id types. | 
|  | 2708 | if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | 
|  | 2709 | if (const PointerType *PT = RHS->getAsPointerType()) { | 
|  | 2710 | QualType pType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2711 | if (isObjCIdStructType(pType)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 28ceff7 | 2008-12-10 22:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2713 | // FIXME: need to use ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS, true). | 
|  | 2714 | // Unfortunately, this API is part of Sema (which we don't have access | 
|  | 2715 | // to. Need to refactor. The following check is insufficient, since we | 
|  | 2716 | // need to make sure the class implements the protocol. | 
|  | 2717 | if (pType->isObjCInterfaceType()) | 
|  | 2718 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2719 | } | 
|  | 2720 | } | 
|  | 2721 | if (RHS->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | 
|  | 2722 | if (const PointerType *PT = LHS->getAsPointerType()) { | 
|  | 2723 | QualType pType = PT->getPointeeType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | if (isObjCIdStructType(pType)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 28ceff7 | 2008-12-10 22:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | return RHS; | 
|  | 2726 | // FIXME: need to use ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS, true). | 
|  | 2727 | // Unfortunately, this API is part of Sema (which we don't have access | 
|  | 2728 | // to. Need to refactor. The following check is insufficient, since we | 
|  | 2729 | // need to make sure the class implements the protocol. | 
|  | 2730 | if (pType->isObjCInterfaceType()) | 
|  | 2731 | return RHS; | 
|  | 2732 | } | 
|  | 2733 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, | 
|  | 2735 | // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAsEnumType()) { | 
|  | 2737 | if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) | 
|  | 2738 | return RHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | ad6c06c | 2008-02-12 08:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAsEnumType()) { | 
|  | 2741 | if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType()) | 
|  | 2742 | return LHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | ad6c06c | 2008-02-12 08:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | return QualType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 85f0dc5 | 2007-10-15 20:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | c88babe | 2008-01-09 22:43:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | // The canonical type classes match. | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | switch (LHSClass) { | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | case Type::Pointer: | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | { | 
|  | 2752 | // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info | 
|  | 2753 | QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2754 | QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2755 | QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee); | 
|  | 2756 | if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2758 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2759 | if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2760 | return RHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | return getPointerType(ResultType); | 
|  | 2762 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 09e1b9e | 2008-12-10 17:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | case Type::BlockPointer: | 
|  | 2764 | { | 
|  | 2765 | // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info | 
|  | 2766 | QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2767 | QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType(); | 
|  | 2768 | QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee); | 
|  | 2769 | if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); | 
|  | 2770 | if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2771 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2772 | if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2773 | return RHS; | 
|  | 2774 | return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); | 
|  | 2775 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 | case Type::ConstantArray: | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | { | 
|  | 2778 | const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); | 
|  | 2779 | const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); | 
|  | 2780 | if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) | 
|  | 2781 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2782 |  | 
|  | 2783 | QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); | 
|  | 2784 | QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); | 
|  | 2785 | QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem); | 
|  | 2786 | if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2788 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2789 | if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2790 | return RHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | c91a3f3 | 2008-08-22 01:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), | 
|  | 2792 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); | 
|  | 2793 | if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), | 
|  | 2794 | ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); | 
|  | 2796 | const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2798 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2799 | if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) | 
|  | 2800 | return RHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | if (LVAT) { | 
|  | 2802 | // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because | 
|  | 2803 | // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type | 
|  | 2804 | // has to be different. | 
|  | 2805 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2806 | } | 
|  | 2807 | if (RVAT) { | 
|  | 2808 | // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because | 
|  | 2809 | // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type | 
|  | 2810 | // has to be different. | 
|  | 2811 | return RHS; | 
|  | 2812 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | c91a3f3 | 2008-08-22 01:48:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; | 
|  | 2814 | if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(),0); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS); | 
|  | 2819 | case Type::Tagged: | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | // FIXME: Why are these compatible? | 
| Steve Naroff | 17c0382 | 2009-02-12 17:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | if (isObjCIdStructType(LHS) && isObjCClassStructType(RHS)) return LHS; | 
|  | 2822 | if (isObjCClassStructType(LHS) && isObjCIdStructType(RHS)) return LHS; | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | case Type::Builtin: | 
| Chris Lattner | d1240fa | 2008-04-07 05:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | return QualType(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 457f33d | 2009-01-28 21:22:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2827 | case Type::Complex: | 
|  | 2828 | // Distinct complex types are incompatible. | 
|  | 2829 | return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | d1240fa | 2008-04-07 05:55:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | case Type::Vector: | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAsVectorType(), RHS->getAsVectorType())) | 
|  | 2832 | return LHS; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2fda0ed | 2008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | return QualType(); | 
| Cédric Venet | 2353613 | 2009-02-21 17:14:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | case Type::ObjCInterface: { | 
| Steve Naroff | 0bbc135 | 2009-02-21 16:18:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible. | 
|  | 2836 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2837 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType(); | 
|  | 2838 | if (LHSIface && RHSIface && | 
|  | 2839 | canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) | 
|  | 2840 | return LHS; | 
|  | 2841 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | return QualType(); | 
| Cédric Venet | 2353613 | 2009-02-21 17:14:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 28ceff7 | 2008-12-10 22:14:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | case Type::ObjCQualifiedId: | 
|  | 2845 | // Distinct qualified id's are not compatible. | 
|  | 2846 | return QualType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | c38d452 | 2008-01-14 05:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | default: | 
|  | 2848 | assert(0 && "unexpected type"); | 
| Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | return QualType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 85f0dc5 | 2007-10-15 20:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | 85f0dc5 | 2007-10-15 20:41:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | } | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d78a86 | 2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Eli Friedman | 0832dbc | 2008-06-28 06:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | //                         Integer Predicates | 
|  | 2855 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Chris Lattner | 74f6701 | 2009-01-16 07:15:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 0832dbc | 2008-06-28 06:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) { | 
|  | 2858 | if (T == BoolTy) | 
|  | 2859 | return 1; | 
| Eli Friedman | ff3fcdf | 2009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) { | 
|  | 2861 | return FWIT->getWidth(); | 
|  | 2862 | } | 
|  | 2863 | // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method | 
| Eli Friedman | 0832dbc | 2008-06-28 06:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2864 | return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); | 
|  | 2865 | } | 
|  | 2866 |  | 
|  | 2867 | QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { | 
|  | 2868 | assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type"); | 
|  | 2869 | if (const EnumType* ETy = T->getAsEnumType()) | 
|  | 2870 | T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | 
|  | 2871 | const BuiltinType* BTy = T->getAsBuiltinType(); | 
|  | 2872 | assert (BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); | 
|  | 2873 | switch (BTy->getKind()) { | 
|  | 2874 | case BuiltinType::Char_S: | 
|  | 2875 | case BuiltinType::SChar: | 
|  | 2876 | return UnsignedCharTy; | 
|  | 2877 | case BuiltinType::Short: | 
|  | 2878 | return UnsignedShortTy; | 
|  | 2879 | case BuiltinType::Int: | 
|  | 2880 | return UnsignedIntTy; | 
|  | 2881 | case BuiltinType::Long: | 
|  | 2882 | return UnsignedLongTy; | 
|  | 2883 | case BuiltinType::LongLong: | 
|  | 2884 | return UnsignedLongLongTy; | 
|  | 2885 | default: | 
|  | 2886 | assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type"); | 
|  | 2887 | return QualType(); | 
|  | 2888 | } | 
|  | 2889 | } | 
|  | 2890 |  | 
|  | 2891 |  | 
|  | 2892 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
| Chris Lattner | 1d78a86 | 2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 | //                         Serialization Support | 
|  | 2894 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
|  | 2895 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | /// Emit - Serialize an ASTContext object to Bitcode. | 
|  | 2897 | void ASTContext::Emit(llvm::Serializer& S) const { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 842126e | 2008-06-04 15:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | S.Emit(LangOpts); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 9af4d5c | 2007-10-31 20:00:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2899 | S.EmitRef(SourceMgr); | 
|  | 2900 | S.EmitRef(Target); | 
|  | 2901 | S.EmitRef(Idents); | 
|  | 2902 | S.EmitRef(Selectors); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 68228a9 | 2007-10-31 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2904 | // Emit the size of the type vector so that we can reserve that size | 
|  | 2905 | // when we reconstitute the ASTContext object. | 
| Ted Kremenek | 0199d9f | 2007-11-06 22:26:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | S.EmitInt(Types.size()); | 
|  | 2907 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 034a78c | 2007-11-13 22:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | for (std::vector<Type*>::const_iterator I=Types.begin(), E=Types.end(); | 
|  | 2909 | I!=E;++I) | 
|  | 2910 | (*I)->Emit(S); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 0199d9f | 2007-11-06 22:26:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | d358600 | 2008-04-17 14:40:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | S.EmitOwnedPtr(TUDecl); | 
|  | 2913 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | e1fed7a | 2007-11-01 18:11:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | // FIXME: S.EmitOwnedPtr(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 738e6c0 | 2007-10-31 17:10:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | } | 
|  | 2916 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | acba361 | 2007-11-13 00:25:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | ASTContext* ASTContext::Create(llvm::Deserializer& D) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 842126e | 2008-06-04 15:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 |  | 
|  | 2919 | // Read the language options. | 
|  | 2920 | LangOptions LOpts; | 
|  | 2921 | LOpts.Read(D); | 
|  | 2922 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 68228a9 | 2007-10-31 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | SourceManager &SM = D.ReadRef<SourceManager>(); | 
|  | 2924 | TargetInfo &t = D.ReadRef<TargetInfo>(); | 
|  | 2925 | IdentifierTable &idents = D.ReadRef<IdentifierTable>(); | 
|  | 2926 | SelectorTable &sels = D.ReadRef<SelectorTable>(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 68228a9 | 2007-10-31 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 | unsigned size_reserve = D.ReadInt(); | 
|  | 2929 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 24afd4a | 2008-11-17 14:58:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | ASTContext* A = new ASTContext(LOpts, SM, t, idents, sels, | 
|  | 2931 | size_reserve); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 68228a9 | 2007-10-31 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 034a78c | 2007-11-13 22:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < size_reserve; ++i) | 
|  | 2934 | Type::Create(*A,i,D); | 
| Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 |  | 
| Argiris Kirtzidis | d358600 | 2008-04-17 14:40:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | A->TUDecl = cast<TranslationUnitDecl>(D.ReadOwnedPtr<Decl>(*A)); | 
|  | 2937 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | e1fed7a | 2007-11-01 18:11:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | // FIXME: A->CFConstantStringTypeDecl = D.ReadOwnedPtr<RecordDecl>(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 68228a9 | 2007-10-31 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 |  | 
|  | 2940 | return A; | 
|  | 2941 | } |